Sunteți pe pagina 1din 160

Reservation

Technical data subject to change without notice. No claims for damages arising from alterations, errors or misprints
shall be allowed. Attention is drawn to the applicable standards and regulations on safety components and systems
together with the relevant operating and installation instructions.
BARTEC Catalogue Automation technology Edition 11/2006 Printed in Germany

U2_U3_auto_e.pmd 2 16.11.2006, 07:28


Content
Operator stations

Mobile Computing

Bus and Interface technology

Trennblaetter_e.pmd 1 21.11.2006, 15:48


Inhalt_e.pmd 2 15.11.2006, 07:49
Trennblaetter_e.pmd 2 15.11.2006, 07:34
POLARIS Panel PCs

Trennblaetter_e.pmd 3 15.11.2006, 07:35


Wireless communication

New ways in visualisation technology


With its innovative components and systems in visualisation technology, BARTEC has aquired
a leading, international position among suppliers of safety technology. The POLARIS Panel PC series
for the chemical, petrochemical and pharmaceutical industries has been recently developed.
Due to the innovative POLARIS series, the familiar comfort of PC’s is now also available in hazardous
areas, in zone 1 + 2 as well as in 21 + 22.

First-class display
The new display technology is convincing. Even with large viewing angles, the contrast remains
excellent.
Resolutions of up to 1280 x 1024 pixels, brightness up to 450 cd/m²
First time
By means of wireless LAN technology (optional), data can be exchanged wirelessly for the first time
via an internal USB interface. A wide selection of wired configurable interfaces provides each and
every periphery with a suitable connection, such as USB, RS422/RS485, RS232, TTY, PROFIBUS DP
03-0330-0439-03/06-BAT-D242764/1E

or Ethernet as well as with an intrinsically safe hand scanner interface.


Intrinsically safe USB stick
A further highlight is the intrinsically safe USB stick for the transmission of the device configuration.

D242764_1_2_E.pmd 2 14.11.2006, 12:00


Displays available in six different sizes

■ POLARIS Control
POLARIS Control is the ideal solution for common
applications, requiring texts and small graphics.
POLARIS Control developed by BARTEC is a real
alternative to local control stations or text displays.
■ POLARIS Panel PC’s 5.7", 10.4" and 12.1"
These devices are perfectly suitable as „ human
machine interfaces“ to comfortably
- control simple machines:
mixers, dryers or fuel-filling stations
- control complex machines and
simple systems like reactors, centrifuges
or ball mills.
■ POLARIS Panel PC’s 15" and 19.1"
03-0330-0439-03/06-BAT-D242764/2E

The 15" and 19.1" Panel PC’s and remote units are
Progress in visualisation technology is named POLARIS.
the highlights of the POLARIS series. These devices
Available as standardized or customized solution - provided
are perfectly suitable for controlling complex
by BARTEC, the no. 1 in safety technology in Europe.
systems such as chemical and pharmaceutical
production lines. POLARIS. Brilliant, comfortable, wireless.

D242764_1_2_E.pmd 3 14.11.2006, 12:01


POLARIS Panel PC 19.1"

POLARIS Panel PC 19.1"

Features Description Technical data


■ Ethernet interface The POLARIS Panel PC 19.1" is based on a fast
Construction
■ Easy front panel fitting Intel® Pentium® M processor and is equipped
Front panel fitting
with all conventional interfaces.
■ Simple download via USB
By means of the WLAN technology, individual Display
Ex i-memory stick
computers or network devices such as printers - 19.1" TFT graphic display
■ 19.1" graphic-capable TFT colour display - 16.7 million colours
or DSL access points can be wirelessly connected
■ Direct linkage in explosive areas to an existing local network (LAN) or local - SXGA resolution 1280 x 1024 pixels
■ Optional touch screen networks can be set up completely wirelessly. - Brightness 250 cd/m2
- Visible area approx. 380 x 305 mm
■ Optional WLAN This facilitates a high-performance visualization
- Contrast 700:1
and operation of the processes directly on site.
- Antireflection coating glass pane
The wired electrical connections are realized via - Optional touch screen
a terminal compartment of the “e” type of
protection (increased safety). Backlight illumination
- CFL illumination
The state-of-the-art display technology
- Service life approx. 40,000 hours
guarantees an optimum contrast, even with large
(at +25 °C)
viewing angle.
The front panel fitting assures easy of installation. Computer capacity
Upon request, the devices are also available as - Pentium® M Processor, 1.1 GHz
turn-key system solutions in a stainless steel - Graphic memory 32 MB
enclosure as wall, floor or ceiling mounting - 512 MB RAM, 20 GB memory
versions. Operating system
An intrinsically safe USB interface for a Windows® XP Professional (pre-installed)
USB Ex i-memory stick enables the device
Open platform for customer-specific
configuration’s easy transferability.
visualization software, e. g. ProTool,
An intrinsically safe keyboard as well as a mouse, WIN CC flexible, etc.
a trackball and a touchpad are available as front
panel fitting. Optionally, a touch screen Interface
(intrinsically safe), assuring an absolutely - Ethernet 10BaseT
maximum operator convenience, is available. - RS422/RS485, RS232, TTY or
PROFIBUS-DP
As a standard, Windows® XP Professional is pre-
03-0330-0401-03/06-BAT-D236273/1E

- USB for Ex i-memory stick


installed on the Panel PCs, supporting the
- 2 x PS/2 for keyboard and mouse
installation of numerous software packages
such as customer-specific software or other Optional interface modules
conventional standard visualization software. Of - Supply module for hand-held scanner
course, the operator can also employ the BARTEC - WLAN
“BMS Graf pro” software package. - USB-Touch
The PROFIBUS-DP interface can be used only - Additional USB
with software package “BMS Graf pro“.

D236273_1_2_E.pmd 8 14.11.2006, 12:51


POLARIS Panel PC 19.1"

Possible connection
Safe area

Panel PC 19.1" AC 230 V

Ethernet

RS422/485 or PROFIBUS-DP

PLC

Keyboard Mouse

Hand-held scanner BCS 302ex

Dimensions (width x height x depth) Selection chart


498 mm x 400 mm x approx. 135 mm
Version Code no. Interface Code no.
Wall cut-out
484 mm x 387 mm x + 0.5 mm
Weight RS422/485 00
Approx. 33 kg
Power supply PROFIBUS-DP 04
AC 230 V ± 10 %, 50 to 60 Hz Panel PC 19.1"
without touch screen 5
AC 90 to 253 V, 50 to 60 Hz on request
RS422/485, supply module
08
Max. power consumption for hand-held scanner
Pmax. < 70 W
PROFIBUS-DP,supply module
12
Admissible ambient temperatures for hand-held scanner
Storage -20 °C to +50 °C
Operation 0 °C to +50 °C
RS232 32
Material
Front Polyester foil on
aluminium sheet TTY 36
(conditionally UV-resistant) Panel PC 19.1"
with touch screen 7
Rear panel galvanised sheet steel, RS232, supply module
bichromated 40
for hand-held scanner

TTY, supply module


44
for hand-held scanner
Explosion protection
Ex protection type
II 2G Ex e q [ib] IIC T4
II 2D tD A21 T 80 °C IP 6X (front side)
Complete order no. 17-71V1- 0
Please insert correct code.
Certification Technical data subject to change without notice.
03-0330-0401-03/06-BAT-D236273/2E

IBExU05ATEX1117 X POLARIS accessories (Mouse, keyboard or enclosures) see page 24.


Protection class
IP 65 (front side)
IP 54 (rear side)

D236273_1_2_E.pmd 9 14.11.2006, 12:51


POLARIS Panel PC 15"

POLARIS Panel PC 15"

Features Description
Technical data
■ Ethernet interface The POLARIS Panel PC 15" is based on a fast
Construction
■ Easy front panel fitting Intel® Pentium® M processor and is equipped
Front panel fitting
with all conventional interfaces.
■ Simple download via USB Display
Ex i-memory stick By means of the WLAN technology, individual
computers or network devices such as printers - 15" TFT graphic display
■ 15" graphic-capable TFT colour display - 262,144 colours
or DSL access points can be wirelessly connected
■ Direct linkage in explosive areas to an existing local network (LAN) or local - XGA resolution 1024 x 768 pixels
- Brightness up to 350 cd/m2
■ Optional touch screen networks can be set up completely wirelessly.
- Visible area approx. 304 x 228 mm
■ Optional WLAN This facilitates a high-performance visualization - Contrast 400:1
and operation of the processes directly on site. - Antireflection coating glass pane
The wired electrical connections are realized via - Optional touch screen
a terminal compartment of the “e” type of
Backlight illumination
protection (increased safety).
- CFL technology
The state-of-the-art display technology - Service life approx. 50,000 hours
guarantees an optimum contrast, even with large (at +25 °C)
viewing angle.
Computer capacity
The front panel fitting assures easy of installation. - Pentium® M Processor, 1.1 GHz
Upon request, the devices are also available as - Graphic memory 32 MB
turn-key system solutions in a stainless steel - 512 MB RAM, 20 GB memory
enclosure as wall, floor or ceiling mounting
versions. Operating system
Windows® XP Professional (pre-installed)
An intrinsically safe USB interface for a USB
Ex-i memor y stick enables the device Open platform for customer-specific
configuration’s easy transferability. visualization software, e. g. ProTool,
An intrinsically safe keyboard as well as a mouse, WIN CC flexible, etc.
a trackball and a touchpad are available as front Interface
panel fitting. Optionally, a touch screen - Ethernet 10BaseT
(intrinsically safe), assuring an absolutely - RS422/RS485, RS232, TTY or
maximum operator convenience, is available. PROFIBUS-DP
As a standard, Windows® XP Professional is pre- - USB for Ex i-memory stick
03-0330-0402-03/06-BAT-D236274/1E

installed on the Panel PCs, supporting the - 2 x PS/2 for keyboard and mouse
installation of numerous software packages such Optional interface modules
as customer-specific software or other - Supply module for hand-held scanner
conventional standard visualization software. Of - WLAN
course, the operator can also employ the BARTEC - USB-Touch
“BMS Graf pro” software package. - Additional USB
The PROFIBUS-DP interface can be used only
with software package “BMS Graf pro“.

10

D236274_1_2_E.pmd 10 14.11.2006, 12:53


POLARIS Panel PC 15"

Possible connection
Safe area

Panel PC 15" AC 230 V

Ethernet

RS422/485 or PROFIBUS-DP

PLC

Keyboard Mouse

Hand-held scanner BCS 302ex

Dimensions (width x height x depth) Selection chart


411 mm x 332 mm x approx. 135 mm
Wall cut-out Version Code no. Interface Code no.
394.5 mm x 315.5 mm + 0.5 mm
Weight RS422/485 00
Approx. 23 kg
Power supply PROFIBUS-DP 04
AC 230 V ± 10 %, 50 to 60 Hz Panel PC 15"
without touch screen 4
AC 90 to 253 V, 50 to 60 Hz on request
RS422/485, supply module
08
Max. power consumption for hand-held scanner
Pmax. < 70 W
PROFIBUS-DP, supply module
Admissible ambient temperatures 12
for hand-held scanner
Storage -20 °C to +50 °C
Operation 0 °C to +50 °C
RS232 32
Material
Front Polyester foil on
aluminium sheet TTY 36
(conditionally UV-resistant) Panel PC 15"
Rear panel galvanised sheet steel, with touch screen 6
RS232, supply module
bichromated 40
for hand-held scanner

TTY, supply module


44
for hand-held scanner
Explosion protection
Ex protection type
II 2G Ex e q [ib] IIC T4
II 2D tD A21 T 80 °C IP 6X (front side) Complete order no. 17-71V1- 0
Certification Please insert correct code.
IBExU05ATEX1117 X Technical data subject to change without notice.
03-0330-0402-03/06-BAT-D236274/2E

POLARIS accessories (Mouse, keyboard or enclosures) see on page 24.


Protection class
IP 65 (front side)
IP 54 (rear side)

11

D236274_1_2_E.pmd 11 14.11.2006, 12:53


POLARIS Panel PC - WinCCRT Edition

Technical data
Construction
Front panel fitting
Display
- 12.1" TFT graphic display
- 262,144 colours
- SVGA resolution 800 x 600 pixels
- Brightness 350 cd/m 2
- Visible area approx. 249 x 188 mm
- Contrast 400:1
- Antireflection coating glass pane
- Touch screen
Backlight illumination
- CFL technology
- Service life approx. 25,000 hours
POLARIS Panel PC WinCCRT Edition (at +25 °C)
Computer capacity
- Processor Pentium M; 1.1 GHz
- Graphic memory 32 MB
- 512 MB RAM
Features Description - hard disc 20 GB
■ Original Siemens PROFIBUS-DP/MPI The POLARIS Panel PC WinCC RT Edition is Operating system
hardware installed specially designed for the use of the WinCC Windows® XP Professional
■ Ethernet interface flexible Runtime. An existing runtime can be
Keyboard (short-stroke keys)
installed on the device or procured directly from
■ Easy front panel fitting - numeric key block
Siemens.
■ Simple download via USB Ex i- - 4 cursor keys
memory stick With the Panel PC WinCC RT Edition, process - 12 function keys
visualizations can be directly connected in
■ 12.1" graphic-capable TFT colour display Interface
explosive areas without the need for additional
■ Direct linkage in explosive areas - Ethernet 10BaseT
intrinsically safe isolation cards. The laying of
- USB for Ex i-memory stick
■ Touch screen blue lines for intrinsically safe circuits is
- Siemens PROFIBUS-DP
dropped. A separate wiring of the data line is not
MPI Type 6ES7972-0CB20-0XA0
necessar y. The Panel PC can be directly
SIMATIC S7 PC Adapter USB
connected to the PROFIBUS-DP or the
communication interface of the control station. Dimensions (width x height x depth)
An integrated MPI adapter (original Siemens) is 440 mm x 275 mm x approx. 130 mm
available.
Wall cut-out
An intrinsically safe USB interface for a USB Ex i- 425 mm x 255 mm + 0.5 mm
memory stick enables the device configuration’s
Weight
easy transferability. Approx. 18 kg
The front panel fitting assures easy of mounting. Power supply
Upon request, the devices are also available as DC 24 V ± 10 %
turn-key system solutions in a stainless steel
enclosure as wall, floor or ceiling mounting Admissible ambient temperatures
versions. Storage -20 °C to +50 °C
Operation 0 °C to +50 °C
The visual display is created with the WinCC
flexible programming software. Material
Front Polyester foil on
aluminium sheet
Explosion protection (conditionally UV-resistant)
Rear panel galvanised sheet steel,
Ex protection type bichromated
II 2G Ex e q [ib] IIC T4
03-0330-0440-03/06-BAT-D242765E

II 2D tD A21 T 80 °C IP 6X (front side)


Certification
IBExU05ATEX1117 X
Protection class Order no.
IP 65 (front side) 17-71V1-8008
IP 54 (rear side)
POLARIS accessories see page 24.
Technical data subject to change without notice!
12

D242765_236275_E.pmd 12 14.11.2006, 12:59


POLARIS Panel PC 12.1"

Technical data
Construction
Front panel fitting
Display
- 12.1" TFT graphic display
- 262,144 colours
- SVGA resolution 800 x 600 pixels
- Brightness 350 cd/m 2
- Visible area approx. 249 x 188 mm
- Contrast 400:1
- Antireflection coating glass pane
Backlight illumination
- CFL technology
- Service life approx. 25,000 hours
(at +25 °C)
Computer capacity
- Processor 266 MHz
POLARIS Panel PC 12.1" - Graphic memory 32 MB
- 256 MB RAM
- Compact Flash CF 512 MB
Features without the need for additional intrinsically safe
Operating system
isolation cards. The laying of blue lines for
■ Ethernet interface intrinsically safe circuits is dropped. A separate DOS or Windows ® XP Embedded (adjusted)
Keyboard (short-stroke keys)
■ Easy front panel fitting wiring of the data line is not necessary. The Panel
PC can be directly connected to the PROFIBUS- - Alphanumeric key block
■ Simple download via USB - 4 cursor keys
Ex i-memory stick DP or the communication interface of the control
station. We offer either e. g. RS422/485 or - 12 special keys
■ 12.1" graphic-capable TFT colour display - 16 function keys able to be labelled
PROFIBUS-DP as well as an optional power
■ Direct linkage in explosive areas with LEDs
module for hand-held scanners.
Interface
An intrinsically safe USB interface for a USB Ex - Ethernet 10BaseT
i-memory stick enables the device configuration’s - USB for Ex i-memory stick
Description easy transferability. - RS422/RS485, RS232, TTY or
PROFIBUS-DP
The POLARIS Panel PC 12.1" is an extension of The front panel fitting assures easy of mounting. Optional interface modules
the tried-and-tested BAT family. For the display, Upon request, the devices are also available as - Supply module for hand-held scanner
state-of-the-art TFT technology is used with an turn-key system solutions in a stainless steel - Additional USB
extremely high view angle. The achieved enclosure as wall, floor or ceiling mounting Dimensions (width x height x depth)
brightness of 350 cd/m2 in Ex applications is a versions. 440 mm x 275 mm x approx.130 mm
unique feature. Wall cut-out
Visualizations are created by means of the “BMS
With the Panel PC 12.1", process visualizations Graf pro“ software package, which has been 425 mm x 255 mm + 0.5 mm
can be directly connected in explosive areas especially developed and optimized. Weight
Approx. 18 kg
Power supply
Selection chart DC 24 V ± 10 %
Max. power consumption
Version Interface configuration Code no. Pmax. < 30 W
Admissible ambient temperatures
RS422/485 00 Storage -20 °C to +50 °C
Operation 0 °C to +50 °C
PROFIBUS-DP 02 Material
Front Polyester foil on
RS422/485, supply module for hand-held scanner 04 aluminium sheet
(conditionally UV-resistant)
PROFIBUS-DP, supply module for hand-held scanner 06
Panel PC 12.1" Rear panel galvanised sheet steel,
RS232 09 bichromated

TTY 11 Explosion protection


03-0330-0403-03/06-BAT-D236275/1E

RS232, supply module for hand-held scanner 13


Ex protection type
II 2G Ex e q [ib] IIC T4
TTY, supply module for hand-held scanner 15 II 2D tD A21 T 80 °C IP 6X (front side)
Certification
IBExU05ATEX1117 X
Protection class
Complete order no. 17-71V1-30 IP 65 (front side)
Please insert correct code. Technical data subject to change without notice. IP 54 (rear side)
POLARIS accessories see page 24.
13

D242765_236275_E.pmd 13 14.11.2006, 13:00


POLARIS Panel PC 10.4"

Technical data
Construction
Front panel fitting
Display
- 10.4" TFT graphic display
- 262,144 colours
- VGA resolution 640 x 480 pixels
- Brightness up to 450 cd/m2
- Visible area approx. 211 x 158 mm
- Contrast 600:1
- Antireflection coating glass pane
- Optional daylight display
Backlight illumination
- CFL technology
- Service life approx. 25,000 hours
(at +25 °C)
POLARIS Panel PC 10.4" Computer capacity
- Processor 266 MHz
- Graphic memory 32 MB
Features without the need for additional intrinsically safe - 256 MB RAM
isolation cards. The laying of blue lines for - Compact Flash CF 512 MB
■ Ethernet interface intrinsically safe circuits is dropped. A separate Operating system
■ Easy front panel fitting wiring of the data line is not necessary. The Panel DOS or Windows® XP Embedded (adjusted)
■ Simple download via USB PC can be directly connected to the PROFIBUS- Keyboard (short-stroke keys)
Ex i-memory stick DP or the communication interface of the control - Alphanumeric key block
station. We offer e. g. RS422/485 or PROFIBUS- - 4 cursor keys
■ 10.4" graphic-capable TFT colour display - 10 special keys
DP as well as an optional supply module for hand-
■ Direct linkage in explosive areas held scanners. - 12 function keys able to be labelled
with LEDs
An intrinsically safe USB interface for a USB Interface
Ex i-memory stick enables the device - Ethernet 10BaseT
Description configuration’s easy transferability. - USB for Ex i-memory stick
The POLARIS Panel PC 10.4" is an extension of The front panel fitting assures easy of mounting. - RS422/RS485, RS232, TTY or
the tried-and-tested BAT family. For the display, Upon request, the devices are also available as PROFIBUS-DP
state-of-the-art TFT technology is used with an turn-key system solutions in a stainless steel Optional interface modules
extremely high view angle. The achieved enclosure as wall, floor or ceiling mounting - Supply module for hand-held scanner
brightness of 450 cd/m2 in Ex applications is a versions. - Additional USB
unique feature. Daylight display on request. Dimensions (width x height x depth)
Visualizations are created by means of the “BMS 400 mm x 246 mm x approx. 130 mm
With the Panel PC 10.4", process visualizations Graf pro“ software package, which has been Wall cut-out
can be directly connected in explosive areas especially developed and optimized. 386 mm x 226 mm + 0.5 mm
Weight
Approx. 14 kg
Selection chart Power supply
DC 24 V ± 10 %
Version Interface configuration Code no. Max. power consumption
Pmax. < 30 W
RS422/485 00 Admissible ambient temperatures
Storage -20 °C to +50 °C
PROFIBUS-DP 02 Operation 0 °C to +50 °C
Material
RS422/485, supply module for hand-held scanner 04
Front Polyester foil on
PROFIBUS-DP, supply module for hand-held scanner 06
aluminium sheet
Panel PC 10.4" (conditionally UV resistant)
RS232 09 Rear panel galvanised sheet steel
bichromated
TTY 11
Explosion protection
03-0330-0404-03/06-BAT-D236276E

RS232, supply module for hand-held scanner 13 Ex protection type


II 2G Ex e q [ib] IIC T4
TTY, supply module for hand-held scanner 15 II 2D tD A21 T 80 °C IP 6X (front side)
Certification
IBExU05ATEX1117 X
Complete order no. 17-71V1-20
Protection class
Please insert correct code. Technical data subject to change without notice.
IP 65 (front side); IP 54 (rear side)
POLARIS accessories see page 24.
14

D236276_236277_E.pmd 14 14.11.2006, 13:02


POLARIS Panel PC 5.7"

Technical data
Construction
Front panel fitting
Display
- 5.7" TFT graphic display
- 262,144 colours
- QVGA resolution 320 x 240 pixels
- Brightness 400 cd/m2
- Visible area approx. 116 x 88 mm
- Contrast 300:1
- Antireflection coating glass pane
Backlight illumination
- CFL illumination
POLARIS Panel PC 5.7" - Service life approx. 25,000 hours
(at +25 °C)
Computer capacity
- Processor 266 MHz
- Graphic memory 32 MB
- 256 MB RAM
the need for additional intrinsically safe isolation - Compact Flash CF 512 MB
Features Operating system
cards. The laying of blue lines for intrinsically
■ Ethernet interface safe circuits is dropped. A separate wiring of the DOS or Windows® XP Embedded (adjusted)
■ Easy front panel fitting data line is not necessary. The Panel PC can be Keyboard (short-stroke keys)
directly connected to the PROFIBUS-DP or the - Alphanumeric key block
■ Simple download via USB - 4 cursor keys
communication interface of the control station.
Ex i-memory stick - 6 special keys
We offer e. g. RS422/485, PROFIBUS-DP as well
■ 5.7" graphic-capable TFT colour display as an optional supply module for hand-held - 10 function keys able to be labelled
■ Direct linkage in explosive areas scanners. with LEDs
Interface
An intrinsically safe USB interface for a USB - Ethernet 10BaseT
Ex i-memory stick enables the device - USB for Ex i-memory stick
Description configuration’s easy transferability. - RS422/RS485, RS232, TTY or
The POLARIS Panel PC 5.7" is an extension of The front panel fitting assures easy of mounting. PROFIBUS-DP
the tried-and-tested BAT family. For the display, Upon request, the devices are also available as Optional interface modules
state-of-the-art TFT technology is used with an turn-key system solutions in a stainless steel - Supply module for hand-held scanner
extremely high view angle. The achieved enclosure as wall, floor or ceiling mounting - Additional USB
brightness of 400 cd/m2 in Ex applications is a versions. Dimensions (width x height x depth)
unique feature. 335 mm x 199 mm x approx. 130 mm
Visualizations are created by means of the “BMS Wall cut-out
With the Panel PC 5.7", process visualizations can Graf pro“ software package, which has been 321 mm x 179 mm + 0.5 mm
be directly connected in explosive areas without especially developed and optimized. Weight
Approx. 10 kg
Selection chart Power supply
DC 24 V ± 10 %
Version Interface configuration Code no. Max. power consumption
Pmax. < 30 W
RS422/485 00 Admissible ambient temperatures
Storage -20 °C to +50 °C
PROFIBUS-DP 02 Operation 0 °C to +50 °C
Material
RS422/485, supply module for hand-held scanner 04
Front Polyester foil on
aluminium sheet
PROFIBUS-DP, supply module for hand-held scanner 06
Panel PC 5.7" (conditionally UV resistant)
RS232 09 Rear panel galvanised sheet steel
bichromated
TTY 11
03-0330-0405-03/06-BAT-D236277E

Explosion protection
RS232, supply module for hand-held scanner 13
Ex protection type
TTY, supply module for hand-held scanner 15 II 2G Ex e q [ib] IIC T4
II 2D tD A21 T 80 °C IP 6X (front side)
Certification
IBExU05ATEX1117 X
Complete order no. 17-71V1-10
Protection class
Please insert correct code. Technical data subject to change without notice. IP 65 (front side); IP 54 (rear side)
POLARIS accessories see page 24.
15

D236276_236277_E.pmd 15 14.11.2006, 13:02


POLARIS Control

Technical data
Construction
Front panel fitting
Display
- LCD display
- 2 colours white/blue
- 240 x 64 pixels
- Visible area approx. 133 x 40 mm
- Antireflection coating glass pane
- Daylight display technology
Backlight illumination
POLARIS Control LED technology
Keyboard (short-stroke keys)
- Alphanumeric key block
- 4 special keys
Description - 12 function keys able to be labelled
Features with LEDs
The POLARIS Control is the extension of the tried- ■ Graphic-capable, readable daylight Interface
and-tested BAT family. For the display, an blue-colour display - USB for Ex i-memory stick
extremely conveniently readable daylight blue- ■ Easy front panel fitting - RS422/RS485, RS232, TTY or
colour display is utilised.
■ Simple download via USB PROFIBUS-DP
With the POLARIS Control, process visualizations EEx i-memory stick Dimensions (width x height x depth)
can be directly connected in explosive areas ■ Direct linkage in explosive areas 290 mm x 151 mm x approx. 130 mm
without the need for additional intrinsically safe
isolation cards. The laying of blue lines for Wall cut-out
intrinsically safe circuits is dropped. A separate 275 mm x 131 mm + 0.5 mm
wiring of the data line is not necessary. The Explosion protection Weight
POLARIS Control can be directly connected to the Approx. 6 kg
Ex protection type
PROFIBUS-DP or the communication interface of
II 2G Ex e q [ib] IIC T4 Power supply
the control station. Available are e. g. RS422/485,
II 2D tD A21 T 80 °C IP 6X (front side) DC 24 V ± 10 %
PROFIBUS-DP.
Certification Max. power consumption
An intrinsically safe USB interface for a USB IBExU05ATEX1117 X
Ex i-memory stick enables the device Pmax. < 15 W
configuration’s easy transferability. Protection class Admissible ambient temperatures
IP 65 (front side) Storage -20 °C to +50 °C
The front panel fitting assures easy of mounting. IP 54 (rear side) Operation 0 °C to +50 °C
Upon request, the devices are also available as
turn-key system solutions in a stainless steel Material
enclosure as wall, floor or ceiling mounting Front Polyester foil on
versions. aluminium sheet
(conditionally UV resistant)
Visualizations are created by means of the “BMS
Rear panel galvanised sheet steel
Graf pro“ software package, which has been
bichromated
especially developed and optimized.

Possible connection Selection chart


sicherer Bereich

DC 24 V Interface configuration Code no.

RS422/485 00
RS422/485 or
PROFIBUS-DP Supply line
PROFIBUS-DP 01

PLC RS232 02
03-0330-0406-03/06-BAT-D236278E

Safe area
TTY 03

POLARIS Control 17-71V0-00


Complete order no.
Please insert correct code.
POLARIS accessories see page 24.
Technical data subject to change without notice.
16

D236278_E.pmd 16 14.11.2006, 13:04


POLARIS Remote

Trennblaetter_e.pmd 5 15.11.2006, 07:36


POLARIS Remote 19.1"

POLARIS Remote 19.1"

Features Description Technical data


■ Easy front panel fitting The POLARIS Remote 19.1" unit by BARTEC is a
Construction
■ 19.1" graphic-capable TFT colour display display with keyboard and mouse with which a
Front panel fitting
PC can be operated in safe areas of hazardous
■ Easy wiring
areas. Display
■ Connection of standard PCs - 19.1" TFT graphic display
Distances of up to 10,000 m are possible.
in non-hazardous areas - 16.7 million colours
POLARIS Remote 19.1" offers the user the - SXGA resolution 1280 x 1024 pixels
■ Optional touch screen
possibility of using any currently available PC- - Brightness 250 cd/m2
based process control system, without any - Visible area approx. 380 x 305 mm
restrictions in the Ex area. - Contrast 700:1
The front panel installation assures ease of - Antireflection coating glass pane
mounting. Upon request, the devices are also - Optional touch screen
available as turn-key system solutions in a
Backlight illumination
stainless steel enclosure as wall, floor or ceiling
- CFL technology
mounting versions.
- Service life approx. 40,000 hours
The screen of the POLARIS Remote 19.1'' is a TFT (at +25 °C)
display with an SXGA resolution (1280 x 1024
pixels) and is characterised by its excellent Connection to the PC
brilliance and a very large reading angle. - Connection to VGA
- PS/2 keyboard and PS/2 mouse port
An intrinsically safe keyboard as well as a mouse,
- via cable STP/S; 4 x 2 x 23 AWG
a trackball and a touchpad are available as front
optionally via fibre optic cable
panel fitting. Optionally, a touch screen
(intrinsically safe), assuring an absolutely Requirement to the base station
maximum operator convenience, is available. Keyboard and mouse with a PS/2 connector;
Connection in the safe area is realized via a local VGA connection or graphics card with
unit. (Included in delivery). the following technical data:
- VGA, SVGA, XGA, SXGA resolution
- Vertical sync frequency 60 to 75 Hz
Transmission distance
- Up to 300 m via STP/S cable
- Up to 400 m via 50 µm multi-mode
03-0330-0408-03/06-BAT-D236280/1E

fibre optic cable


- Up to 10,000 m via 9 µm single-mode
fibre optic cable (on request)
Power supply
AC 230 V ± 10 %, 50 to 60 Hz
AC 90 to 253 V, 50 to 60 Hz on request

18

D236280_1_2_E.pmd 18 14.11.2006, 13:05


POLARIS Remote 19.1"

Possible connection
Safe area
Remote 19.1"

Keyboard Mouse
PC

Video
Keyboard Patch cable
Mouse
Local unit Network outlet STP CAT.6/CAT.7 cable
RJ 45 system 4 x 2 twisted pair

Max. power consumption Selection chart


Pmax. < 60 W
Version Code no. Interface Code no.
Dimensions (width x height x depth)
498 mm x 400 mm x approx. 135 mm
Wall cut-out with STP/S cable 00
484 mm x 386,5 mm + 0.5 mm
Remote 19.1" 5
Weight without touch screen
Approx. 33 kg with STP/S cable,
supply module for 04
Admissible ambient temperatures hand-held scanner*
Storage -20 °C to +50 °C
Operation 0 °C to +50 °C with 50 µm multi-mode
fibre optic cable 08
Material (up to max. 400 m)
Front Polyester foil on Remote 19.1" 7
aluminium sheet with touch screen with 50 µm multi-mode fibre
(conditionally UV resistant) optic cable (uo to max. 400 m),
supply module for hand-held 12
Rear panel galvanised sheet steel
bichromatiert scanner*
* (not with touch screen)

Explosion protection Complete order no. 17-71V2- 0


Please insert correct code.
Ex protection type Technical data subject to change without notice.
II 2G Ex e q [ib] IIC T4 POLARIS accessories (Mouse, keyboard or enclosures) see page 24.
II 2D tD A21 T 80 °C IP 6X (front side)
Certification
IBExU05ATEX1117 X
Protection class
IP 65 (front side)
IP 54 (rear side)
03-0330-0408-03/06-BAT-D236280/2E

19

D236280_1_2_E.pmd 19 14.11.2006, 13:05


POLARIS Remote 15"

POLARIS Remote 15"

Features Description Technical data


■ Easy front panel fitting The POLARIS Remote 15" unit by BARTEC is a
Construction
■ 15" graphic-capable TFT colour display display with keyboard and mouse with which a
Front panel fitting
PC can be operated in safe areas of zone 1
■ Easy wiring
Ex areas. Display
■ Connection of standard PCs - 15" TFT graphic display
Distances of up to 1,000 m are possible.
in non-hazardous areas - 262,144 million colours
POLARIS Remote 15" offers the user the
■ Optional touch screen - XGA resolution 1024 x 768 pixels
possibility of using any currently available PC- - Brightness 350 cd/m2
based process control system, without any - Visible area approx. 304 x 228 mm
restrictions in the Ex area. - Contrast 400:1
The front panel installation assures ease of - Antireflection coating glass pane
mounting. Upon request, the devices are also - Optional touch screen
available as turn-key system solutions in a
Backlight illumination
stainless steel enclosure as wall, floor or ceiling
- CFL technology
mounting versions.
- Service life approx. 50,000 hours
The screen of the POLARIS Remote 15'' is a TFT (at +25 °C)
display with an XGA resolution (1024 x 768
pixels) and is characterised by its excellent Connection to the PC
brilliance and a very large reading angle. - Connection to VGA
- PS/2 keyboard und PS/2 mouse port
An intrinsically safe keyboard as well as a mouse,
- via cable STP/S; 4 x 2 x 23 AWG
a track ball and a touch pad are available as front
optionally via fibre optic
panel fitting. Optionally, a touch screen
(intrinsically safe), assuring an absolutely Requirement to the base station
maximum operator convenience, is available. Keyboard and mouse with a PS/2connector;
Connection in the safe area is realized via a local VGA connection or graphics card with the
unit. (Included in delivery) following technical data:
- VGA, SVGA, XGA, SXGA resolution
- Vertical sync frequency 60 to 75 Hz
Transmission distance
- Up to 300 m via STP/S cable
03-0330-0407-03/06-BAT-D236279/1E

- Up to 400 m via 50 µm multi-mode


fibre optic cable
- Up to 10,000 m via 9 µm single-mode
fibre optic cable (on request)
Power supply
AC 230 V ± 10 %, 50 to 60 Hz
AC 90 to 253 V, 50 to 60 Hz on request

20

D236279_1_2_E.pmd 20 14.11.2006, 13:31


POLARIS Remote 15"

Possible connection
Safe area
Remote 15"

Keyboard Mouse
PC

Video
Keyboard Patch cable
Mouse
Local unit Network outlet STP CAT.6/CAT.7 cable
RJ 45 system 4 x 2 twisted pair

Max. power consumption Selection chart


Pmax. < 60 W
Version Code no. Interface Code no.
Dimensions (width x height x depth)
411 mm x 332 mm x approx. 135 mm
Wall cut-out with STP/S cable 00
394.5 mm x 315.5 mm + 0.5 mm Remote PC 15"
without touch screen 4
Weight
with STP/S cable,
Approx. 23 kg supply modul for 04
Admissible ambient temperatures hand-held scanner*
Storage -20 °C to +50 °C
Operation 0 °C to +50 °C with 50 µm Multi-Mode
fibre optic cable 08
Material Remote PC 15" (up to max. 400 m)
Front Polyester foil on with touch screen 6
with 50 µm Multi-Mode fibre
aluminium sheet
optic cable (up to 400 m),
(conditionally UV resistant) fibre optic cable for 12
Rear panel galvanised sheet steel hand-held scanner*
bichromated
*(not with touch screen)

Explosion protection Complete order no. 17-71V2- 0


Please insert correct code.
Ex protection type
II 2G Ex e q [ib] IIC T4 Technical data subject to change without notice.
II 2D tD A21 T 80 °C IP 6X (front side) POLARIS accessories (Mouse, keyboard or enclosures) see page 24.
Certification
IBExU05ATEX1117 X
Protection class
IP 65 (front side)
IP 54 (rear side)
03-0330-0407-03/06-BAT-D236279/2E

21

D236279_1_2_E.pmd 21 14.11.2006, 13:31


Trennblaetter_e.pmd 6 15.11.2006, 07:36
Accessories POLARIS

Trennblaetter_e.pmd 7 15.11.2006, 07:36


Keyboard and mouse options for POLARIS series

Keyboard

Features
Technical data
■ Easy front panel fitting
Construction
■ Modular construction Front panel fitting
■ Use in zone 1 and 2 Material
Polyester foil on aluminium sheet
(conditionally UV-resistant)
Description Dimensions
The intrinsically safe keyboard and the mouse 420 mm x 170 mm (width x height)
variants are intended for POLARIS Panel PC and
Wall cut-out
POLARIS Remote 15" and 19.1" for zone 1 and 2
390 mm x 140 mm
and for zone 21 and 22.
Installation depth
They are connected directly to the POLARIS Panel
18 mm
PC or POLARIS Remote without any additional
safety barriers. Weight
Approx. 700 g
The chemically resistant polyester foil is easy to
clean and resistant to a lot of aggressive fluids.
The keyboard is available in various languages.
A stainless steel desktop housing for the keyboard
Explosion protection
and mouse is available as an optional accessory. Ex protection type
II 2G Ex ib IIC T4
II 2D ibD 21 T 120 °C
Certification
IBExU05ATEX1117 X

Dimensions and wall cut-out for keyboard (mm) Selection chart


400 Language Code no.
300 German 01
100
English 02

French 03
390 other languages on request xx
150

140

170
85

17-71VZ-40
03-0330-0444-03/06-BAT-D242769E

3.3 Complete order no.


Keyboard
Please insert correct code.
420
Technical data subject to change without notice.

all hole diameter: 3.3 mm

24

D242769_242770_E.pmd 24 14.11.2006, 13:34


Keyboard and mouse options for POLARIS series

Mouse Trackball Touchpad

Technical data Technical data Technical data


Construction Construction Construction
Front panel fitting Front panel fitting Front panel fitting
Material Material Material
Polyester foil on aluminium sheet Polyester foil on aluminium sheet Polyester foil on aluminium sheet
(conditionally UV-resistant) (conditionally UV-resistant) (conditionally UV-resistant)
Dimensions Dimensions Dimensions
130 mm x 170 mm (width x height) 130 mm x 170 mm (width x height) 130 mm x 170 mm (width x height)
Wall cut-out Wall cut-out Wall cut-out
100 mm x 140 mm 100 mm x 140 mm 100 mm x 140 mm
Installation depth Installation depth Installation depth
15 mm 43 mm 15 mm
Weight Weight Weight
Approx. 270 g Approx. 500 g Approx. 250 g

Explosion protection Explosion protection Explosion protection


Ex protection type Ex protection type Ex protection type
II 2G Ex ib IIC T4 II 2G Ex ib IIC T4 II 2G Ex ib IIC T4
II 2D tD A21 T 80 °C IP 6X II 2D ibD 21 T 120 °C II 2D tD A21 T 80 °C IP 6X
Certification Certification Certification
IBExU05ATEX1117 X IBExU05ATEX1117 X IBExU05ATEX1117 X

Dimensions and wall cut-out for Order no. Mouse


mouse, trackball and touchpad (mm) 17-71VZ-1000
110
Order no. Trackball
17-71VZ-2000

100
Order no. Touchpad
17-71VZ-3000
170
150

140
85
03-0330-0445-03/06-BAT-D242770E

3.3

130

all hole diameter: 3.3 mm

25

D242769_242770_E.pmd 25 14.11.2006, 13:34


USB device

Technical data
WLAN antenna
Standards
IEEE 802.11b; IEEE 802.11g
Bus Type
USB 2.0 Type A
Emissions Type
DSSS
Frequency band
2.4 ~ 2.483 MHz
Data rate
Auto Fallback
54, 48, 36, 24, 19, 12, 9, 6 Mbps
11, 5,5, 2, 1 Mbps
USB device Modulation type
OFDM mit BPSK, QPSK, 16QAM,
64 QAM (11g), BPSK, QPSK, CCK (11b)
Media Access Protokoll
CSMA/CA
Antenna
Internal
Transmit power
12 dBm (typical)
Channel number
1 ~ 11 channels (North America)
Features 1 ~ 13 channels (EU)
Explosion protection
■ Real time data access 1 ~ 14 channels (Japan)
Ex protection type
■ Safe separation between safe area and II 2G Ex q IIC T4 Security support
ex area over transmit-strain II 2D Ex tD A21 T120 °C 64/128-bit WEP/WPA-TKIP
IEEE 802.1x authentication
Certification AES Encryption
Description IBExU05ATEX1188 X
Working mode
By means of wireless LAN technology (optional), Protection class Infrastructure, Ad-hoc, Stations mode
data can be exchanged wirelessly for the first time IP 54
via an internal USB interface. Power supply
DC 5 V ± 10 %, 500 mA
Dimensions
Product diagram
∅ 50 mm x 139.5 mm
Admissible operating temperature
-20 °C ≤ Ta ≤ 60 °C
Weight
Cable/DSL Modem Cable/DSL Modem Approx. 500 g

Router Router

Notebook with Access Point


USB device
03-0330-0458-03/06-BMS-D243447E

Order no. USB device


Station Mode Infrastructure Mode Ad-hoc Mode 17-71VZ-6000/0100
Technical data subject to change without notice.
26

D243447_242771_1E.pmd 26 15.11.2006, 15:59


Accessories POLARIS Series

Stainless-steel enclosures “Exclusive“ for zone 1 and zone 2

Illustration Description Order no.

Enclosure without bracket for:


- POLARIS Panel PC 19.1" 05-0041-0274
- POLARIS Remote 19.1"
Dimensions (width x height x depth)
650 mm x 587 mm x 571 mm
- POLARIS Panel PC 15" 05-0041-0275
- POLARIS Remote 15"
Dimensions (width x height x depth)
650 mm x 567 mm x 570 mm

Stand 05-0005-0050
- for floor mounting
- rotatable
- height approx. 900 mm, diameter 80 mm

Support arm 05-0005-0058


- for wall mounting
- rotatable
- Length approx. 580 mm

Enclosure for table mounting


rotatable/inclinable
- POLARIS Panel PC 19.1" 05-0041-0276
- POLARIS Remote 19.1"
Dimensions (width x height x depth)
675 mm x 685 mm x 218 mm
- POLARIS Panel PC 15" on request
- POLARIS Remote 15"

Enclosure 05-0041-0277
03-0330-0446-03/06-BMS-D242771/1E

- for mouse and keyboard


Dimensions (width x height x depth)
600 mm x 85 mm x 220 mm

27

D243447_242771_1E.pmd 27 15.11.2006, 15:59


Accessories POLARIS series

Stainless-steel enclosures “Standard“ for zone 1 and zone 2

Illustration Description Order no.

Enclosure for floor mounting


with stand
- POLARIS Panel PC 19.1" on request
- POLARIS Remote 19.1" on request

- POLARIS Panel PC 15" on request


- POLARIS Remote 15" on request

- POLARIS Panel PC 12.1" 05-0041-0210


- POLARIS Panel PC 10.4" 05-0041-0209
- POLARIS Panel PC 5.7" 05-0041-0208
- POLARIS Control on request

Enclosure for wall mounting


without support arm
- POLARIS Panel PC 19.1" on request
- POLARIS Remote 19.1" on request

- POLARIS Panel PC 15" on request


- POLARIS Remote 15" on request

- POLARIS Panel PC 12.1" 07-56D7-9711/9001


- POLARIS Panel PC 10.4" 07-56D7-9611/9001
- POLARIS Panel PC 5.7" 07-56D7-9011/9001
- POLARIS Control on request

Stainless-steel enclosures “Standard“ for zone 21 and zone 22

Illustration Description Order no.

Enclosure “STANDARD“ for floor mounting


with stand
- for all POLARIS units on request

Enclosure “STANDARD“ for wall mounting


with/without support arm
- for all POLARIS units on request
03-0330-0446-03/06-BMS-D242771/2E

Note: All enclosures without fittings


28

D242771_2_242771_3E.pmd 28 14.11.2006, 13:51


Accessories POLARIS series

Stainless-steel enclosures “Special version“ for zone 1 and zone 2

Illustration Description Order no.

Enclosure “EXCLUSIVE“
possible assembly: up to seven switch modules

- POLARIS Panel PC 19.1" on request


- POLARIS Remote 19.1"
Dimensions (width x height x depth)
650 mm x 720 mm x 572 mm

- POLARIS Panel PC 15" on request


- POLARIS Remote 15"
Dimensions (width x height x depth)
650 mm x 702 mm x 571.3 mm

Stainless-steel enclosures “Special version“ for zone 1, zone 2, zone 21 and zone 22

Enclosure “STANDARD“
possible assembly: switch modules and/or heating
- for all POLARIS units on request

Enclosure “STANDARD“ for wall mounting


with support arm
Illustration similarly - for all POLARIS units on request

Reinforcement frame
Illustration Description Order no.

Reinforcement frame for:


- POLARIS Panel PC 19.1" 05-0205-0010
- POLARIS Remote 19.1"

- POLARIS Panel PC 15" 05-0205-0009


- POLARIS Remote 15"
03-0330-0446-03/06-BAT-D242771/3E

- POLARIS Panel PC 12.1" 05-0205-0007


- POLARIS Panel PC 10.4" 05-0205-0008
- POLARIS Panel PC 5.7" 05-0205-0006
- POLARIS Control 05-0205-0011

Note: All enclosures without fittings


29

D242771_2_242771_3E.pmd 29 14.11.2006, 13:51


Accessories POLARIS Serie

POLARIS Panel PCs


Illustration Description Order no.

Hand-held scanner BCS 302ex 17-21BA-0020


■ Barcode scanner for a reliable
capture of all conventional barcodes
■ Direct connection to a Panel PC via
the supply module for hand-held scanner
■ The BMS Graf pro visualization software is
equipped with a barcode entry field as a
standard

USB Ex i-memory stick 17-71VZ-5000

External converter
- Interface converter RS232 – RS422/RS485 03-9600-0258

External modules
MPI-RS422 for coupling to MPI interface
(Programming interface S7)
can be used only with software package “BMS Graf pro“
■ MPI-RS422 17-28TZ-0007
■ MPI-RS232 17-28TZ-0008

Label strip
- DIN A4 sheet , white, for laser printer 03-3600-0258

LAN STP cable


- CAT.7 4 x 2 x 23 AWG; 7.9 mm (outer diameter) 02-4082-0002
- CAT.7 4 x 2 x 23 AWG, armoured; 18 mm (outer diameter) 02-4082-0004

Connection cable for:


- Keyboard and mouse
Total length: 1.8 m 05-0068-0163
3m 05-0068-0204
- Keyboard and trackball
Total length: 1.8 m 05-0068-0172
3m 05-0068-0205
- Keyboard and touchpad
03-0330-0447-03/06-BMS-D242772/1E

Total length: 1.8 m 05-0068-0183


3m 05-0068-0206

Mounting clamps set


- with 4 pieces 05-0091-0111
- with 6 pieces 05-0091-0112

30

D242772_1_2E.pmd 30 14.11.2006, 13:53


Accessories POLARIS Serie

POLARIS Remote
Illustration Description Order no.

Hand-held scanner BCS 302ex 17-21BA-0020


■ Barcode scanner for a reliable
capture of all conventional barcodes
■ Direct connection to a Panel PC via
the supply module for hand-held scanner
■ The BMS Graf pro visualization software is
equipped with a barcode entry field as a
standard

Power pack for:


- Local unit with CAT cable (keyboard connection possible) 03-9911-0018
- Local unit with CAT cable
(keyboard connection not possible) 03-9911-0020
- Local unit with fibre optic 03-9911-0022

19" Rack mounting for:


- Local unit with CAT cable 03-8931-0037
- Local unit with fibre optic 03-8931-0038

USB to PS/2 converter for:


- Mouse and keyboard 03-9829-0007

LAN STP cable


- CAT.7 4 x 2 x 23 AWG; 7.9 mm (outer diameter) 02-4082-0002
- CAT.7 4 x 2 x 23 AWG, armoured; 18 mm (outer diameter) 02-4082-0004

Connection cable for:


- Keyboard and mouse
Total length: 1.8 m 05-0068-0163
3m 05-0068-0204
- Keyboard and trackball
Total length: 1.8 m 05-0068-0172
3m 05-0068-0205
- Keyboard and touchpad
Total length: 1.8 m 05-0068-0183
3m 05-0068-0206

KVM cable
Total length: 3m 05-0068-0218
03-0330-0447-03/06-BAT-D242772/2E

Mounting clamps set


- with 4 pieces 05-0091-0111
- with 6 pieces 05-0091-0112

31

D242772_1_2E.pmd 31 14.11.2006, 13:53


Trennblaetter_e.pmd 8 16.11.2006, 13:40
Graphic displays

Trennblaetter_e.pmd 9 16.11.2006, 13:40


Graphic displays BAT 300/BAT 600/BAT 800

Features
Graphic display BAT 300 ■ graphic-capable TFT clour display
■ direct linkage in explosive areas
■ modular interface technology

Description
The graphic displays BAT 300, BAT 600 and BAT
800 are the extension of the tried-and-tested BAT
family. For the display, state-of-the-art TFT-
technology is used with an extremely high view
angle. The achieved brightness from 220 cd/m2
to 400 cd/m 2 in Ex-applications is a unique
feature.
With the BATs, process visualizations can be
directly connected in explosive areas without the
need for additional intrinsically safe isolation
cards. The laying of blue lines for intrinsically safe
circuits is dropped. A separate wiring of the data
line is not necessary. The graphic display can be
Graphic display BAT 600 directly connected to the PROFIBUS-DP or the
communication interface of the PLC.
Thanks to the modular interface technology, the
graphic display connections can be individually
matched to the respective requirements. Available
are, for example, TTY, RS422/485, PROFIBUS-DP,
supply module for hand-held scanners.
Visualizations are created by means of the BMS
Graf pro programming package, which has been
especially developed and optimized for the BAT
family.

Graphic display BAT 300/BAT 600/BAT 800

Technical data
Memory
for several 100 images
Interfaces
optional Ethernet 10BaseT
COM 1 RS232
COM 2 RS232
Graphic display BAT 800 Optional interface modules
- TTY
- RS422/RS485
- PROFIBUS-DP
- supply module for hand-held scanner
Power supply
DC 24 V ± 10 %/1 A
Admissible ambient temperature
Storage -20 °C to +50 °C
Operation 0 °C to +50 °C
03-0330-0441-03/06-BAT-D242766/1E

Explosion protection
Ex protection type
II 2G EEx me [ib] IIC T4
II 2D T 80 °C IP 6X
Certification
IBExU03ATEX1096 X
Protection class
IP 65 (front side)

34

D242766_1_2_E.pmd 34 14.11.2006, 14:30


Graphic displays BAT 300/BAT 600/BAT 800

Graphic display BAT 300 Graphic display BAT 600 Graphic display BAT 800

Technical data Technical data Technical data


Display Display Display
- 262.144 colours, - 262,144 colours, - 262,144 colours,
65536 used by BMS Graf pro 65536 used by BMS Graf pro 65536 used by BMS Graf pro
- ¼ VGA resolution 320 x 240 pixel - VGA resolution 640 x 480 pixel - SVGA resolution 800 x 600 pixel
- Brightness 400 cd/m2 - Brightness 220 cd/m2 - Brightness 300 cd/m2
- Visible surface approx. 111.4 x 83.5 mm - Visible surface approx. 212 x 159 mm - Visible surface approx. 247.5 x 186 mm
- Contrast 300:1 - Contrast 350:1 - Contrast 300:1
- Diagonal 5.5" - Diagonal 10.4" - Diagonal 12"
Illumination Illumination Illumination
- CFL illumination - CFL illumination - CFL illumination
- Service life approx. 25,000 h (at + 25 °C) - Service life approx. 25,000 h (at + 25 °C) - Service life approx. 50,000 h (at + 25 °C)
Keyboard Keyboard Keyboard
- expanded 10 block and - expanded 10 block and - expanded 10 block and
- 6 special keys - 6 special keys - 12 special keys
- 10 function keys able to be labelled - 12 function keys able to be labelled - 16 function keys able to be labelled
Dimensions Dimensions Dimensions
336 mm x 194 mm x 170 mm 400 mm x 240 mm x 170 mm 440 mm x 270 mm x 170 mm
Wall cut-out Wall cut-out Wall cut-out
321 mm x 179 mm + 0.5 mm 386 mm x 226 mm + 0.5 mm 425 mm x 255 mm + 0,5 mm
Weight Weight Weight
Approx. 8 kg Approx. 10 kg Approx. 11 kg
Material Material Material
Polyester foil on aluminium sheet Polyester foil on aluminium sheet Polyester foil on aluminium sheet
(conditionally UV resistant) (conditionally UV resistant) (conditionally UV resistant)

Selection chart
Version Code no. Interface configuration Code no.

TTY 2 2
BAT 300 C-11
RS232 3 3

BAT 600 E-12 RS422/RS485 4 4

Supply module for hand-held scanner - 6


BAT 800 F-12
PROFIBUS-DP - 7

Complete order no. 17-71P -


Please insert correct code.
Technical data subject to change without notice.
Accessories see page 38 and 39.
03-0330-0441-03/06-BAT-D242766/2E

35

D242766_1_2_E.pmd 35 14.11.2006, 14:30


Graphic displays BAT 300/BAT 600/BAT 800 - Accessories

Selection chart
Illustration Description Order no.

Stainless steel enclosure for BAT 300


Dimensions 500 x 280 x 200 mm
for wall mounting 07-56D7-9011/9001
with stand (1.1 m) for floor mounting 05-0041-0208
DustEx for wall mounting 05-0041-0201
DustEx with stand (1.1 m) for floor mounting 05-0041-0202

Stainless steel enclosure for BAT 600


Dimensions 560 x 320 x 200 mm
for wall mounting 07-56D7-9611/9001
with stand (1.1 m) for floor mounting 05-0041-0209
DustEx for wall mounting 05-0041-0203
DustEx with stand (1.1 m)
for floor mounting 05-0041-0204

Stainless steel enclosure for BAT 800


Dimensions 600 x 350 x 200 mm
for wall mounting 07-56D7-9711/9001
with stand (1.1 m) for floor mounting 05-0041-0210
DustEx for wall mounting 05-0041-0205
DustEx with stand (1.1 m)
for floor mounting 05-0041-0206

Interface converter
for BAT 300, BAT 600 or BAT 800

Built-in modules
■ TTY 17-2111-0100
■ RS422/485 17-2111-0200
■ PROFIBUS-DP 17-2111-0300
■ supply module for hand-held scanner 17-2111-0700
further on request
03-0330-0388-03/06-BAT-D222658/1E

36

D222658_1_2_E.pmd 36 14.11.2006, 14:53


Graphic displays BAT 300/BAT 600/BAT 800 - Accessories

Selection chart
Auswahltabelle
Illustration Description Order no.

External modules
Converter box MPI-RS422
for coupling to the MPI interface
(programming interface S7)
can be used only with software package
“BMS Graf pro“
■ MPI-RS422 17-28TZ-0007
■ MPI-RS232 17-28TZ-0008

Handscanner BCS 302ex 17-21BA-0020

■ Barcode scanner for a reliable


capture of all conventional barcodes
■ Direct connection to a graphic display via
the supply module for hand-held scanners
Type 17-2111-0700
■ The BMS Graf pro visualization software is
equipped with a barcode entry field as a
standard
03-0330-0388-03/06-BAT-D222658/2E

37

D222658_1_2_E.pmd 37 14.11.2006, 14:53


Trennblaetter_e.pmd 10 15.11.2006, 07:40
Visualisation software for
POLARIS and BAT graphic displays

Trennblaetter_e.pmd 11 15.11.2006, 07:41


BMS Graf pro Software for POLARIS Panel PC and POLARIS Control and BAT graphic displays

BMS Graf pro software


Initial display Description
The BMS Graf pro software package is a very
convenient tool for the generation of process
representations.
Individual images and projects are created on a
PC and stored in the POLARIS Panel PC or
POLARIS Control. The programme ensures that
the single images use only very small amount of
memory space.
This allows the storage of over 100 images. The
well established and highly reliable functions of
the BMS Graf are still available for example: input
and output fields, bar graphs and vector graphics.
All existing projects/application can be integrated
Project display within the new software.
The completely new WINDOWS based platform
is suitable for most popular versions of
WINDOWS NT, WIN 2000 and XP.
With the selection of the correct protocol driver
(please refer to table) connections to various PLC
systems are possible.
BARTEC is continuously increasing the number
of protocols available.

Edit image
03-0330-0443-03/06-BAT-D242768/1E

40

D242768_1_2_E.pmd 40 14.11.2006, 14:54


BMS Graf pro Software for POLARIS Panel PC and POLARIS Control and BAT graphic displays

Logic controllers for serial coupling


Description PLC

AS511 on S5 Programming Port S5-95U to 115U


MPI on S7 Programming Port S7-300 S7-400 with MPI-Box
3964R with RK 512 S5 with communication processor CP524 to CP544
S7-300 with CP341
S7-400 with CP441-2
Modbus RTU, Slave and Master Telemechanique TSX-Series with communication processor TSXSCG1131
April
AEG A-series with Modbus module, AEG Modicon, AEG Quantum
Allen Bradley SLC500 with Pro Soft module (3150MCM)
Allen Bradley PLC5/40 or PLC5/60 with comminicaions board 17-71-DBMM
HIMA H51, HIMA H41, HIMA H11
Yokogawa SMCC Micro XL with communication processor PX1
Yokogawa Centrum CS with communication processor ACM11
GE-FANUC 90-30 with communication processor CMM311E
GE-FANUC 90-70 with communication processor CMM711 or PCM711
DCS Eurotherm, DCS Fisher&Porter SistemSix
Foxboro DCS 80E, AS21
Honeywell TDC3000
Fisher Rosemount Delta V
Saia PCD
Mitsubishi A Mitsubishi A with communication processor ASJ71C24
COMLI Sattcontrol
Alfa Laval

Hostlink OMRON SYSMAC CQM1

Logic controllers for PROFIBUS-DP

Name PLC
Siemens S5-95U with PROFIBUS-DP Master interface
S5-135U with PROFIBUS-DP Master interface EM308C
S7-300 with CPU 315-2 DP (Master)
S7-400 with CPU 416-2 DP (Master)
PCS 7
Hartmann&Braun Freelance 2000 with field controller
Schneider TSX Premium with PROFIBUS coupling unit
AEG Quantum with PROFIBUS coupling unit

Software BMS Graf pro is including the latest handling units. For more possibilities ask us.

Selection chart
Name Code no.

Software package BMS Graf pro German 1

Software package BMS Graf pro English 2

Software package BMS Graf pro French 3

Complete order no.


03-0330-0443-03/06-BAT-D242768/2E

BMS Graf pro 17-28TF-0071/0 00


Please enter correct code.
Technical data subject to change without notice.

41

D242768_1_2_E.pmd 41 14.11.2006, 14:54


Trennblaetter_e.pmd 12 15.11.2006, 07:41
Mobile Computing

Trennblaetter_e.pmd 13 15.11.2006, 07:41


Inhalt_e.pmd 4 15.11.2006, 07:49
Mobile Computing
Mobile Computer MC 9060ex-G for Zone 1 46 - 47
17-A116-OKHO/HB.EA700

Mobile Computer MC 9060ex-K for Zone 1 48 - 49


17-A116-OKHO/HB.EA700

Mobile Computer MC 90xxex-G for Zone 2 and Zone 22 50 - 51


without radio card: B7-A210-OG.0/HB...00
with radio card: B7-A216-OG.0/HB...00

Mobile Computer MC 90xxex-K for Zone 2 and Zone 22 52 - 53


without radio card: B7-A210-OK.B/H....00
with radio card: B7-A216-OK.B/H....00

Mobile Computer MC 90xxex-S for Zone 2 and Zone 22 54 - 55


with 28 keys without radio card: B7-A210-OS.B/H.A..00
with 28 keys with radio card: B7-A216-OS.B/H.A..00

Mobile Computer MC 90xxex-K with GPRS for Zone 2 and Zone 22 56 - 57


without radio card: B7-A210-2K.B/H....00
with radio card: B7-A216-2K.B/H....00

Mobile Computer MC 90xxex-S with GPRS for Zone 2 and Zone 22 58 - 59


with 28 keys without radio card: B7-A210-2S.B/H.A..00
with 28 keys with radio card: B7-A216-2S.B/H.A..00

Accessories for Mobile Computer MC 9060ex for Zone 1 60

Accessories for Mobile Computer MC 90xxex for Zone 2 and 22 61

Hand-held scanner BCS 302ex 62


17-21BA-0020
- Power pack with AC 230 V for TTY interface
17-21BB-0217
- Power pack with AC 230 V for RS232 interface
17-21BB-0218

Hand-held scanner BCS 302 DustEx 63


17-21BA-0022
- Power pack with AC 230 V for TTY interface
17-21BB-0219
- Power pack wit AC 230 V for RS232 interface
17-21BB-0220

Radio hand-held scanner BCS 370ex 64


17-21BA-0021

Accessories for hand-held scanner BCS 302ex 65

Inhalt_e.pmd 5 15.11.2006, 07:49


Mobile Computer MC 9060ex-G for Zone 1

Technical data
Keyboard
28, 43 and 53 keys
Display
3.8", 1/4 VGA colour display
Barcode options
1D long range scan engine
Dimensions (height x width x depth)
234 mm x 91 mm x 193 mm
(9.2 in x 3.6 in x 7.6 in)
Weight
Approx. 1050 g (approx. 33 oz)
Ambient temperature
-20 °C to +40 °C (-4 °F to 104 °F)
Storage temperature
Mobile Computer -25 °C to +70 °C (-13 °F to 158 °F)
Humidity
MC 9060 ex-G 5 % to 95 % (non-condensing)
Protection class
IP 54 (EN 60529)
CPU
XScaleTM PXA255 prozessor at 400 MHz
Memory
64/64 MB
Operating system
Features Description Windows Mobile 2003

■ Real time data access The MC 9060ex-G mobile computer version with Power supply
a pistol grip is a compact unit for safe barcode Replaceable, Li Ion battery pack
■ Maximum usage between charges with scanning in hazardous areas. (2200 mAh/7.4 V)
rechargeable lithium-ion battery
The scan trigger is conveniently positioned at the Only charge in the safe area!
■ WLAN radio technology IEEE 802.11b pistol grip. Thus barcodes can be captured with
only one hand. The integrated radio module Backup battery
■ Bluetooth Class II Ni-MH Battery (rechargeable)
enables real time data access to your host system.
20 mAh/3.6 V
The MC 9060 ex -G combines the strength of
Microsoft‘s Pocket PC platform with the power of Interface
the Intel ® XScale TM PXA255 processor with RS232: max. 115200 bps min. 1200 bps
400 MHz. USBv1.1 (Client)

A further highlight is the large easy-to-read Application development


1/4 VGA color display with touchscreen SDK available through Symbol
technology. The MC 9060ex-G is working with the Developer Zone Web site
IEEE 802.11b radio standard (direct sequence).

Market Applications Users Explosion protection


Automobile industry Material flow monitoring Personnel in the dispatch,
Ex protection type
(suppliers of paintwork, for receiving and stock management II 2G EEx q [ib] IIC T4
Production control
paint shops, etc.) departments who have received
Supplier chain management Certification
Food and beverages (suppliers instruction on the handling of
PTB 05 ATEX 2055
03-0330-0448-03/06-BAT-D242794/1E

of aromatic substances, etc.) Incoming/outgoing goods, inventory potentially explosive substances.


management Devices are also available for the North-
Petrochemicals (from production Maintenance and repair
through further processing to Safety tests personnel who have received American market on request.
delivery) Spare parts tracking instruction for deployment in
potentially explosive areas.
Pharmaceuticals (suppliers of Maintenance / repair work
individual components required Personnel in the production area
Workshop communication
for production e.g. medication) who have received instruction on
Conformity assessment the handling of potentially
Allocation of tasks explosive substances.

46

D242794_1_2_E.pmd 46 14.11.2006, 14:58


Mobile Computer MC 9060ex-G for Zone 1

The MC 9060ex-G mobile computer Connection possibility Safe area


identifies the following barcodes
with the 1D scan engine: MC 9060ex-G

Code 11 Codabar
Code 39 Coupon Code
Access Point
Code 93 Discrete 2 of 5
Code 128 EAN-8 MC 9060ex-G
EAN-13 UPCE
ex
Interleaved 2 of 5 UPC/EAN supplementals Access Point
MSI Trioptic 39
UPCA Webcode Server
MC 9060ex-G
Ethernet
■ WLAN IEEE 802.11b
Symbol Spectrum24, IEEE 802.11b,
(Direct-Sequence Topologie)
Output power
100 mW (international)
Max. Data rate Decode zone
11 Mbps Note: Typical performance at 73.4 °F (23 °C)
on high quality symbols Width of field
Antenna
Internal
inch cm
Frequency range 72 182.9
country dependently 48 121.9
Standard: 2.4 to 2.5 GHz 24 61.0
SE 1524 0 0
24 61.0
■ Bluetooth 48 121.9
72 182.9
WPAN Connectivity
IEEE 802.15 15.0
55 mil
180.0
Bluetooth Class II 70 mil reflective
367.0
Encryption support 100 mil reflective
542.0
Max. Data rate
1 Mbps
Antenna inch 0 120 240 360 480 600
cm 0 304.8 609.6 914.4 1219.2 1524.0
Internal
Distance from front of scanner

Accessories for the safe area


- Single Slot Cradle (Docking station
for communication with the PC) Selection chart Mobile Computer MC 9060ex-G
- Rapid charging station UBC 2000
(Basic station 4-slot) Number of keys Key options Code no.
- Battery adapter for UBC 2000
28 keys alpha numeric via function keys A
(with discharge option)
43 keys alpha numeric F

53 keys alpha numeric E

53 keys with addtional key code for VT Emulation G

53 keys with addtional key code for 3270 Emulation H


03-0330-0448-03/06-BAT-D242794/2E

53 keys with addtional key code for 5250 Emulation J

Complete order no. 17-A116-0GJ0/HB EA700


Please insert correct code.
Technical data subject to change without notice.
Note: All variants without accessories. Accessories can be found on page 62.

47

D242794_1_2_E.pmd 47 14.11.2006, 14:58


Mobile Computer MC 9060ex-K for Zone 1

Technical data
Keyboard
28, 43 and 53 keys
Display
3.8", 1/4 VGA colour display
Barcode options
1D long range scan engine
Dimensions (height x width x depth)
234 mm x 91 mm x 59 mm
(9.2 in x 3.6 in x 2.3 in)
Weight
Approx. 950 g (approx. 30 oz)
Ambient temperature
-20 °C to +40 °C (-4 °F to 104 °F)
Storage temperature
-25 °C to +70 °C (-40 °F to 158 °F)
Mobile Computer Humidity
5 % to 95 % (non-condensing)
MC 9060 ex-K Protection class
IP 54 (EN 60529)
CPU
XScaleTM PXA255 prozessor at 400 MHz
Memory
64/64 MB
Operating system
Windows Mobile 2003
Features Description
Power supply
■ Real time data access The MC 9060ex-K mobile computer is a compact
Replaceable, Li Ion battery pack
unit for safe barcode scanning in hazardous areas.
■ Maximum usage between charges with (2200 mAh/7.4 V)
rechargeable lithium-ion battery The scan trigger is positioned in such a way that
Only charge in the safe area!
barcodes can be captured very conveniently. The
■ WLAN radio technology IEEE 802.11b integrated radio module enables real time data Backup battery
■ Bluetooth Class II access to your host system. Ni-MH Battery (rechargeable)
20 mAh/3.6 V
The MC 9060 ex -K combines the strength of
Interface
Microsoft‘s Pocket PC platform with the power of
RS232: max. 115200 bps min. 1200 bps
the Intel ® XScale TM PXA255 processor with
USBv1.1 (Client)
400 MHz.
Application development
A further highlight is the large easy-to-read
SDK available through Symbol
1/4 VGA color display with touchscreen
Developer Zone Web site
technology. The MC 9060ex-K is working with the
IEEE 802.11b radio standard (direct sequence).

Market Applications Users Explosion protection


Automobile industry Material flow monitoring Personnel in the dispatch,
Ex protection type
(suppliers of paintwork, for receiving and stock management II 2G EEx q [ib] IIC T4
Production control
paint shops, etc.) departments who have received
Supplier chain management Certification
Food and beverages (suppliers instruction on the handling of
03-0330-0449-03/06-BAT-D242795/1E

Incoming/outgoing goods, inventory PTB 05 ATEX 2055


of aromatic substances, etc.) potentially explosive substances.
management Devices are also available for the North-
Petrochemicals (from production Maintenance and repair
through further processing to Safety tests personnel who have received American market on request.
delivery) Spare parts tracking instruction for deployment in
potentially explosive areas.
Pharmaceuticals (suppliers of Maintenance / repair work
individual components required Personnel in the production area
Workshop communication
for production e.g. medication) who have received instruction on
Conformity assessment the handling of potentially
Allocation of tasks explosive substances.

48

D242795_1_2_E.pmd 48 14.11.2006, 15:00


Mobile Computer MC 9060ex-K for Zone 1

The MC 9060ex-K mobile computer Connection possibility Safe area


identifies the following barcodes
with the 1D scan engine: MC 9060ex-K

Code 11 Codabar
Code 39 Coupon Code Access Point
Code 93 Discrete 2 of 5
Code 128 EAN-8 MC 9060ex-K
EAN-13 UPCE
ex
Access Point
Interleaved 2 of 5 UPC/EAN supplementals
MSI Trioptic 39
UPCA Webcode Server
MC 9060ex-K
Ethernet
■ WLAN IEEE 802.11b
WLAN
Symbol Spectrum24, IEEE 802.11b,
(Direct-Sequence Topologie)
Output power Decode zone Width of field inch cm
100 mW (international) Note: Typical performance at 73.4 °F (23 °C) 24 51
Max. Data rate on high quality symbols

11 Mbps 18 45.7
Antenna
12 30.5
Internal
Frequency range 6 15.3
country dependently
Standard: 2.4 to 2.5 GHz SE 824 0 0

6 15.3
5 mil
■ Bluetooth 2.6 6.9
7.5 mil
2.2 10.8 12 30.5
WPAN Connectivity
7.5 mil
IEEE 802.15 1.9 14.3
18 45.7
Bluetooth Class II 2.1
100 % UPC
19
Encryption support 20 mil
25.1 24 51
Max. Data rate * Minumum distance
40 mil
determined by barcode 39.4
1 Mbps length and scan angle 55 mil
44.8
Antenna
Internal
inch 0 10 20 30 40 50
cm 0 25.4 50.8 76.2 101.6 127
Accessories for the safe area
- Single Slot Cradle (Docking station
for communication with the PC) Selection chart Mobile Computer MC 9060ex-K
- Rapid charging station UBC 2000
(Basic station 4-slot) Number of keys Key options Code no.
- Battery adapter for UBC 2000
28 keys alpha numeric via function keys A
(with discharge option)
43 keys alpha numeric F

53 keys alpha numeric E

53 keys with addtional key code for VT Emulation G


03-0330-0449-03/06-BAT-D242795/2E

53 keys with addtional key code for 3270 Emulation H

53 keys with addtional key code for 5250 Emulation J

Complete order no. 17-A116-0KH0/HB EA700


Please insert correct code. Technical data subject to change.

Note: All variants without accessories. Accessories can be found on page 62.

49

D242795_1_2_E.pmd 49 14.11.2006, 15:00


Mobile Computer MC90xxex-G for Zone 2 and 22

Description
Technical data
Mobile real-time computer solutions Keyboard
provide genuine added value 28, 43 and 53 keys
The BARTEC mobile computer series is an
Display
advantageously-designed robust mobile terminal
3.8", 1/4 VGA colour display
for applications in hazardous areas.
The mobile computers give your company real-time Barcode options
access to critical company data from all key points - 1D long range scan engine
in your supply chain. - 1D standard range scan engine
- 1D and 2D imaging engine
With performance features that stand for excellent
data acquisition, communication and co-operation, Dimensions (height x width x depth)
the mobile computers allow quicker decision– 234 mm x 91 mm x 193 mm
making and increase productivity in many business (9.2 in x 3.6 in x 7.6 in)
areas – from stock receipt through production to
Weight
dispatch.
Approx. 810 g (approx. 26 oz)
The mobile computer series will bring your supply
chain management to a new level of efficiency with Ambient temperature
fascinating and diverse performance features. You -20 °C to +40 °C (-4 °F to 104 °F)
will benefit from dynamic functions, including Storage temperature
variable laser scanning options for all customary -25 °C to +70 °C (-13 °F to 158 °F)
1D barcodes and an option imager supporting an
Mobile Computer increasing number of 2D symbologies. Humidity
5 % to 95 % (non-condensing)
MC 9000 ex-G/ The unique cellular design provides the ultimate in
robustness so that the device can be used in the Protection class
MC 9060 ex-G most adverse environments, making it a sound IP 54 (EN 60529)
investment. CPU
These devices can be used in zone 2 XScaleTM PXA255 prozessor at 400 MHz
and zone 22. Other devices are available Memory
for zone 1 also. 64/64 MB or 128/64 MB
Features
Operating system
■ maximum usage between charges with Leistungsmerkmale Windows Mobile 2003
rechargeable lithium-ion battery ■ 1D long range scan engine, Power supply
■ optional WLAN radio technology 1D standard range scan engine Replaceable, Li Ion battery pack
IEEE 802.11b optional 1D and 2D imaging engine (2200 mAh/7.4 V)
■ optional Bluetooth Class II, IEEE 802.15 ■ Windows Mobile 2003 operating system Only change and charge in the safe area!
■ protection against splash water and dirt, ■ Intel® XScaleTM PXA255 prozessor at
assuring reliable performance under difficult 400 MHz Backup battery
conditions Ni-MH Battery (rechargeable)
■ large bright 3.8" colour display, keypad 20 mAh/3.6 V
■ versatility due to well-proven interfaces with with backlight
wide-ranging software application support ■ RS232/USB Client Interface
■ easily readable display in many environments, RS232: max. 115200 bps min. 1200 bps
■ Modular interchangeable keyboard options USBv1.1 (Client)
even in bright ambient lighting with 28, 43 and 53 keys are available for the
■ wide-ranging communication options MC90xx ex-G. Application development
■ several data input modes for maximum ■ Scanner in front, ergonomic design with SDK available through Symbol
efficiency conveniently positioned scan trigger Developer Zone Web site

Market Applications Users


Automobile industry Material flow monitoring Personnel in the dispatch, Explosion protection
(suppliers of paintwork, for Production control receiving and stock management Ex protection type
paint shops, etc.) departments who have received
Supplier chain management II 3G EEx nAL IIC T4 X
Food and beverages (suppliers instruction on the handling of
03-0330-0450-03/06-BAT-D242796/1E

Incoming/outgoing goods, inventory potentially explosive substances.


II 3D IP 5X T 90 °C
of aromatic substances, etc.)
management Certification
Petrochemicals (from production Maintenance and repair
through further processing to Safety tests personnel who have received Declaration of EC Conformity for zone 2
delivery) Spare parts tracking instruction for deployment in and zone 22.
potentially explosive areas.
Pharmaceuticals (suppliers of Maintenance / repair work
individual components required Personnel in the production area
Workshop communication
for production e.g. medication) who have received instruction on
Conformity assessment the handling of potentially
Allocation of tasks explosive substances.

50

D242796_1_2_E.pmd 2 14.11.2006, 15:02


Mobile Computer MC90xxex-G for Zone 2 and 22

The MC 90xxex-G mobile computers recognise the following barcodes in addition


The MC 90xxex-G mobile computer
with the 1D and 2D imaging engine:
identifies the following barcodes
with the 1D scan engine:
Imagine Decode Capability 1D/2D imaging engine
Code 11 Codabar EAN-13 Composite C Data Matrix
Code 39 Coupon Code UPCA Micro PDF-417 Maxi Code
Code 93 Discrete 2 of 5
UPCE PDF-417 US Postnet
Code 128 EAN-8
UPC/EAN supplementals Macro PDF-417 US Planet
EAN-13 UPCE
Coupon Code (MACRO) Micro PDF-417 UK 4-state
Interleaved 2 of 5 UPC/EAN supplementals
MSI Trioptic 39 Trioptic 39 QR Code Australian 4-state

UPCA Webcode Webcode RSS Expanded Canadian 4-state

TLC39 RSS Limited Japanese 4-state


■ Optional IEEE 802.11b
Composite AB RSS-14 Dutch Kix
WLAN
Symbol Spectrum24, IEEE 802.11b,
(Direct-Sequence Topologie)
Output power Selection chart Mobile Computer MC 90xxex-G
100 mW (international)
Max. Data rate Data capture options Code no. Design Code no. Version Code no.
11 Mbps
28 keys
Antenna
alpha numeric via A
Internal
1D standard range function keys
Frequency range F - 00
country dependently scan engine
43 keys
Standard: 2.4 to 2.5 GHz F
alpha numeric

■ Optional Bluetooth
WPAN Connectivity 53 keys
E
IEEE 802.15 alpha numeric
Bluetooth Class II 1D long range Audio A4
Encryption support scan engine J
53 keys
Max. Data rate with key code for G
1 Mbps VT Emulation
Antenna
53 keys
Internal
with key code for H
3270 Emulation Audio/ A7
Accessories for the safe area 1 D/2 D K Bluetooth
imaging engine
- Single Slot Cradle (Docking station 53 keys
for communication with the PC) with key code for J
- Rapid charging station UBC 2000 5250 Emulation
(Basic station 4-slot)
- Battery adapter for UBC 2000
(with discharge option) Order no.
MC 90xxex-G without radio card B7-A210-0G 0/HB 00
Order no.
MC 90xxex-G with radio card B7-A216-0G 0/HB 00
Please insert correct code. Technical data subject to change.

Note:The mobile computers are available in different versions (Scan Engine, Memory, WLAN and
03-0330-0450-03/06-BAT-D242796/2E

Bluetooth). The complete order numbers are available on request. Accessories can be found on page 63.

51

D242796_1_2_E.pmd 3 14.11.2006, 15:02


Mobile Computer MC90xxex-K for Zone 2 and 22

Description Technical data


Mobile real-time computer solutions Keyboard
provide genuine added value 28, 43 and 53 keys
The BARTEC mobile computer series is an Display
advantageously-designed robust mobile terminal 3.8", VGA colour display
for applications in hazardous areas.
The mobile computers give your company real-time Barcode options
access to critical company data from all key points - 1D standard range scan engine
in your supply chain. - 1D and 2D imaging engine
With performance features that stand for excellent Dimensions (height x width x depth)
data acquisition, communication and co-operation, 234 mm x 91 mm x 59 mm
the mobile computers allow quicker decision– (9.2 in x 3.6 in x 2.3 in)
making and increase productivity in many business Weight (depending on configuration)
areas – from stock receipt through production to 715 g to 780 g (23 oz to 25 oz)
dispatch.
The mobile computer series will bring your supply Ambient temperature
chain management to a new level of efficiency with -20 °C to +40 °C (-4 °F to 104 °F)
fascinating and diverse performance features. You Storage temperature
will benefit from dynamic functions, including -25 °C to +70 °C (-13 °F to 158 °F)
variable laser scanning options for all customary
Humidity
Mobile Computer 1D barcodes and an option imager supporting an
increasing number of 2D symbologies.
5 % bis 95 % (non-condensing)

MC 9000 ex-K/ The unique cellular design provides the ultimate in Protection class
IP 54 (EN 60529)
robustness so that the device can be used in the
MC 9060 ex-K most adverse environments, making it a sound CPU
investment. XScaleTM PXA255 prozessor at 400 MHz
These devices can be used in zone 2 Memory
and zone 22. Other devices are available 64/64 MB or 128/64 MB
Features for zone 1 also.
Operating system
■ maximum usage between charges with Windows Mobile 2003
rechargeable lithium-ion battery Performance Power supply
■ optional WLAN radio technology ■ 1D standard range scan engine Replaceable, Li Ion battery pack
IEEE 802.11b optional 1D and 2D imaging engine (2200 mAh/7.4 V)
■ optional Bluetooth Class II, IEEE 802.15 ■ Windows Mobile 2003 operating system Only change and charge in the safe area!
■ protection against splash water and dirt, ■ Intel® XScaleTM PXA255 prozessor at
Backup battery
assuring reliable performance under difficult 400 MHz
Ni-MH Battery (rechargeable)
conditions ■ large bright 3.8" colour display, keypad 20 mAh/3.6 V
■ versatility due to well-proven interfaces with with backlight
wide-ranging software application support Interface
■ RS232/USB Client
RS232: max. 115200 bps min. 1200 bps
■ easily readable display in many environments, ■ Modular interchangeable keyboard options USBv1.1 (Client)
even in bright ambient lighting with 28, 43 and 53 keys are available for the
■ wide-ranging communication options MC90xxex-K. Application development
SDK available through Symbol
■ several data input modes for maximum ■ Scanner in front, ergonomic design with
Developer Zone Web site
efficiency conveniently positioned scan trigger

Market Applications Users


Explosion protection
Automobile industry Material flow monitoring Personnel in the dispatch,
(suppliers of paintwork, for Production control receiving and stock management Ex protection type
paint shops, etc.) departments who have received II 3G EEx nAL IIC T4 X
Supplier chain management
Food and beverages (suppliers instruction on the handling of II 3D IP 5X T 90 °C
03-0330-0451-03/06-BAT-D272797/1E

of aromatic substances, etc.) Incoming/outgoing goods, inventory potentially explosive substances.


management Certification
Petrochemicals (from production Maintenance and repair
Safety tests Declaration of EC Conformity for zone 2
through further processing to personnel who have received
instruction for deployment in
and zone 22
delivery) Spare parts tracking
potentially explosive areas.
Pharmaceuticals (suppliers of Maintenance / repair work
individual components required Personnel in the production area
Workshop communication
for production e.g. medication) who have received instruction on
Conformity assessment the handling of potentially
Allocation of tasks explosive substances.

52

D272797_1_2_E.pmd 2 14.11.2006, 15:03


Mobile Computer MC90xxex-K for Zone 2 and 22

The MC 90xxex-K mobile computers recognise the following barcodes in addition


The MC 90xxex-K mobile computer
with the 1D and 2D imaging engine:
identifies the following barcodes with
the 1D scan engine:
Imagine Decode Capability 1D/2D imaging engine
Code 11 Codabar EAN-13 Composite C Data Matrix
Code 39 Coupon Code
UPCA Micro PDF-417 Maxi Code
Code 93 Discrete 2 of 5
UPCE PDF-417 US Postnet
Code 128 EAN-8
UPC/EAN supplementals Macro PDF-417 US Planet
EAN-13 UPCE
Interleaved 2 of 5 UPC/EAN supplementals Coupon Code (MACRO) Micro PDF-417 UK 4-state

MSI Trioptic 39 Trioptic 39 QR Code Australian 4-state


UPCA Webcode Webcode RSS Expanded Canadian 4-state

TLC39 RSS Limited Japanese 4-state


■ Optional IEEE 802.11b
Composite AB RSS-14 Dutch Kix
WLAN
Symbol Spectrum24, IEEE 802.11b,
(Direct-Sequence Topologie)
Output power Selection chart Mobile Computer MC 90xxex-K
100 mW (international)
Data capture Code Code Code Code
Max. Data rate options no. Memory no.
Design no. Version no.
11 Mbps
28 keys
Antenna
Internal alpha numeric via A
function keys
Frequency range
country dependently 1D standard - 00
Standard: 2.4 to 2.5 GHz range 64 MB RAM 43 keys
H B F
scan 64 MB ROM alpha numeric
engine
■ Optional Bluetooth
WPAN Connectivity 53 keys
E
IEEE 802.15 alpha numeric
Bluetooth Class II
Encryption support Audio A4
53 keys
Max. Data rate with key code for G
1 Mbps VT Emulation
Antenna
Internal 1D/2D 53 keys
imaging K 128 MB RAM 9 with key code for H
engine 64 MB ROM
3270 Emulation
Accessories for the safe area Audio/ A7
Bluetooth
- Single Slot Cradle (Docking station 53 keys
for communication with the PC) with key code for J
- Rapid charging station UBC 2000 5250 Emulation
(Basic station 4-slot)
- Battery adapter for UBC 2000
(with discharge option) Order no.
MC 90xxex-K without radio card B7-A210-0K B/H 00
Order no.
MC 90xxex-K with radio card B7-A216-0K B/H 00
Please insert correct code. Technical data subject to change.
03-0330-0451-03/06-BAT-D272797/2E

Note: The mobile computers are available in different versions


(Scan Engine, Memory, WLAN and Bluetooth).
The complete order numbers are available on request. Accessories can be found on page 63.

53

D272797_1_2_E.pmd 3 14.11.2006, 15:03


Mobile Computer MC90xxex-S for Zone 2 and 22

Description Technical data


Mobile real-time computer solutions
provide genuine added value Keyboard
28 keys
The BARTEC mobile computer series is an
advantageously-designed robust mobile terminal Display
for applications in hazardous areas. 3.8", 1/4 VGA colour display
The mobile computers give your company real-time Barcode options
access to critical company data from all key points - 1D standard range scan engine
in your supply chain. - 1D and 2D imaging engine
With performance features that stand for excellent
Dimensions (height x width x depth)
data acquisition, communication and co-operation,
193 mm x 91 mm x 59 mm
the mobile computers allow quicker decision–
(8.0 in x 3.6 in x 2.3 in)
making and increase productivity in many business
areas – from stock receipt through production to Weight (depending on configuration)
dispatch. 620 g to 715 g (20 oz to 23 oz)
The mobile computer series will bring your supply Ambient temperature
chain management to a new level of efficiency with -20 °C to +40 °C (-4 °F to 104 °F)
fascinating and diverse performance features. You
Storage temperature
Mobile Computer will benefit from dynamic functions, including
variable laser scanning options for all customary -25 °C to +70 °C (-13 °F to 158 °F)

MC 9000 ex-S/ 1D barcodes and an option imager supporting an


increasing number of 2D symbologies.
Humidity
5 % bis 95 % (non-condensing)
MC 9060 ex-S The unique cellular design provides the ultimate in Protection class
robustness so that the device can be used in the IP 54 (EN 60529)
most adverse environments, making it a sound
investment. CPU
XScaleTM PXA255 prozessor at 400 MHz
These devices can be used in zone 2
and zone 22. Memory
64/64 MB or 128/64 MB
Features Performance Operating system
■ 1D standard range scan engine Windows Mobile 2003
■ maximum usage between charges with optional 1D and 2D imaging engine
rechargeable lithium-ion battery Power supply
■ Windows Mobile 2003 operating system Replaceable, Li Ion battery pack
■ optional WLAN radio technology
IEEE 802.11b ■ Intel® XScaleTM PXA255 prozessor at (1550 mAh/7.4 V)
400 MHz
■ optional Bluetooth Class II, IEEE 802.15 Only change and charge in the safe area!
■ large bright 3.8" colour display, keypad
■ protection against splash water and dirt, with backlight Backup battery
assuring reliable performance under difficult Ni-MH Battery (rechargeable)
conditions ■ RS232/USB Client
20 mAh/3.6 V
■ versatility due to well-proven interfaces with ■ Scanner in front, ergonomic design with
conveniently positioned scan trigger Interface
wide-ranging software application support
RS232: max. 115200 bps min. 1200 bps
■ easily readable display in many environments, USBv1.1 (Client)
even in bright ambient lighting
Application development
■ wide-ranging communication options SDK available through Symbol
■ several data input modes for maximum Developer Zone Web site
efficiency

Market Applications Users


Explosion protection
Automobile industry Material flow monitoring Personnel in the dispatch,
(suppliers of paintwork, for Production control receiving and stock management Ex protection type
paint shops, etc.) departments who have received II 3G EEx nAL IIC T4 X
Supplier chain management
Food and beverages (suppliers instruction on the handling of II 3D IP 5X T 90 °C
03-0330-0452-03/06-BAT-D272798/1E

of aromatic substances, etc.) Incoming/outgoing goods, inventory potentially explosive substances.


management Certification
Petrochemicals (from production Maintenance and repair
Safety tests Declaration of EC Conformity for zone 2
through further processing to personnel who have received
instruction for deployment in
and zone 22.
delivery) Spare parts tracking
potentially explosive areas.
Pharmaceuticals (suppliers of Maintenance / repair work
individual components required Personnel in the production area
Workshop communication
for production e.g. medication) who have received instruction on
Conformity assessment the handling of potentially
Allocation of tasks explosive substances.

54

D272798_1_2_E.pmd 2 14.11.2006, 15:05


Mobile Computer MC90xxex-S for Zone 2 and 22

The MC 90xxex-S mobile computers recognise the following barcodes in addition


The MC 90xxex-S mobile computer
with the 1D and 2D imaging engine:
identifies the following barcodes with
the 1D scan engine:
Imagine Decode Capability 1D/2D imaging engine
Code 11 Codabar
EAN-13 Composite C Data Matrix
Code 39 Coupon Code
UPCA Micro PDF-417 Maxi Code
Code 93 Discrete 2 of 5
UPCE PDF-417 US Postnet
Code 128 EAN-8
UPC/EAN supplementals Macro PDF-417 US Planet
EAN-13 UPCE
Interleaved 2 of 5 UPC/EAN supplementals Coupon Code (MACRO) Micro PDF-417 UK 4-state

MSI Trioptic 39 Trioptic 39 QR Code Australian 4-state


UPCA Webcode Webcode RSS Expanded Canadian 4-state

TLC39 RSS Limited Japanese 4-state


■ Optional IEEE 802.11b
Composite AB RSS-14 Dutch Kix
WLAN
Symbol Spectrum24, IEEE 802.11b,
(Direct-Sequence Topologie)
Output power Selection chart Mobile Computer MC 90xxex-S
100 mW (international)
Max. Data rate Data capture options Code no. Memory Code no. Version Code no.
11 Mbps
Antenna 1D standard - 00
Internal range 64 MB RAM
H B
scan 64 MB ROM
Frequency range engine
country dependently
Audio A4
Standard: 2.4 to 2.5 GHz

1D/2D K 128 MB RAM


■ Optional Bluetooth 9 Audio/
imaging engine 64 MB ROM A7
Bluetooth
WPAN Connectivity
IEEE 802.15
Bluetooth Class II
Encryption support
Max. Data rate Order no.
1 Mbps MC 90xxex-S with 28 keys B7-A210-0S B/H A 00
Antenna without radio card
Internal
Order no.
Accessories for the safe area MC 90xxex-S with 28 keys B7-A216-0S B/H A 00
- Single Slot Cradle (Docking station with radio card
for communication with the PC) Please insert correct code. Technical data subject to change.
- Rapid charging station UBC 2000
Note: The mobile computers are available in different versions
(Basic station 4-slot)
(Scan Engine, Memory, WLAN and Bluetooth).
- Battery adapter for UBC 2000 The complete order numbers are available on request. Accessories can be found on page 63.
(with discharge option)
03-0330-0452-03/06-BAT-D272798/2e

55

D272798_1_2_E.pmd 3 14.11.2006, 15:05


Mobile Computer MC90xxex-K with GPRS for Zone 2 and 22

Description Technical data


Mobile real-time computer solutions
Keyboard
provide genuine added value
28, 43 and 53 keys
The series of the Mobile computers MC 90xxex-K
Display
are compact units for safe barcode scanning in
3.8", 1/4 VGA colour display
hazardous areas.
Barcode options
The scan trigger is positioned in such a way that
- 1D long range scan engine
barcodes can be captured very conveniently. The
- 1D and 2D imaging engine
integrated GPRS module (Gerneral Packet Radio
Service) enables via the GSM band data Dimensions (height x width x depth)
communication to your host system. 234 mm x 91 mm x 59 mm
(9.2 in x 3.6 in x 2.3 in)
Optional are the Mobile computers available with
integrated radio card and Blootooth module. This Weight (depending on configuration)
modules enables a real time data communication 715 g to 780 g
with the host system or a data transfer direct to a (23 oz to 25 oz)
printer with Blootooth.
Ambient temperature
The MC 90xx ex -K combines the strength of -20 °C to +40 °C (-4 °F to 104 °F)
Microsoft‘s Pocket PC platform with the power of
Storage temperature
the Intel® XScaleTM PXA255 processor with 400
-25 °C to +70 °C (-13 °F to 158 °F)
MHz.
Mobile Computer A further highlight is the large easy-to-read 1/4
Humidity
5 % to 95 % (non-condensing)
MC 9000 ex-K/ VGA color display with touchscreen technology.
The battery of the MC 90xxex-K with 7.4 V/2200 Protection class
MC 9060 ex-K mAh enebles a maximum usage between charges. IP 54 (EN 60529)
These devices can be used in zone 2 CPU
and zone 22. XScaleTM PXA255 prozessor at 400 MHz
Memory
64/64 MB or 128/64 MB
Features Performance
■ 1D standard range scan engine Operating system
■ with GPRS Windows Mobile 2003
optional 1D and 2D imaging engine
■ maximum usage between charges with
■ Windows Mobile 2003 operating system Power supply
rechargeable lithium-ion battery
■ Intel XScaleTM PXA255 prozessor at
® Replaceable, Li Ion battery pack
■ optional WLAN radio technology (2200 mAh/7.4 V)
400 MHz
IEEE 802.11b
■ large bright 3.8" colour display, keypad Only change and charge in the safe area!
■ optional Bluetooth Class II, IEEE 802.15
with backlight
■ protection against splash water and dirt, Backup battery
■ RS232/USB Client Ni-MH Battery (rechargeable)
assuring reliable performance under difficult
conditions ■ Modular interchangeable keyboard options 20 mAh/3.6 V
with 28, 43 and 53 keys are available for the
■ versatility due to well-proven interfaces with Interface
MC90xx ex-K.
wide-ranging software application support RS232: max. 115200 bps min. 1200 bps
■ Scanner in front, ergonomic design with USBv1.1 (Client)
■ easily readable display in many environments,
conveniently positioned scan trigger
even in bright ambient lighting Application development
■ wide-ranging communication options SDK available through Symbol
Developer Zone Web site

Market Applications Users


Automobile industry Material flow monitoring Personnel in the dispatch,
Explosion protection
(suppliers of paintwork, for Production control receiving and stock management Ex protection type
paint shops, etc.) departments who have received
Supplier chain management II 3G EEx nAL IIC T4 X
Food and beverages (suppliers instruction on the handling of
Incoming/outgoing goods, inventory II 3D IP5X T 90 °C
03-0330-0453-03/06-BAT-D242799/1E

of aromatic substances, etc.) potentially explosive substances.


management
Petrochemicals (from production Maintenance and repair Certification
through further processing to Safety tests personnel who have received Declaration of EC Conformity for zone 2
delivery) Spare parts tracking instruction for deployment in and zone 22.
potentially explosive areas.
Pharmaceuticals (suppliers of Maintenance / repair work
individual components required Personnel in the production area
Workshop communication
for production e.g. medication) who have received instruction on
Conformity assessment the handling of potentially
Allocation of tasks explosive substances.

56

D242799_1_2_E.pmd 2 14.11.2006, 15:06


Mobile Computer MC90xxex-K with GPRS for Zone 2 and 22

The MC 90xxex-K mobile computers recognise the following barcodes in addition


The MC 90xxex-K mobile computer
identifies the following barcodes with with the 1D and 2D imaging engine:
the 1D scan engine:
Imagine Decode Capability 1D/2D imaging engine
Code 11 Codabar
Code 39 Coupon Code EAN-13 Composite C Data Matrix
Code 93 Discrete 2 of 5 UPCA Micro PDF-417 Maxi Code
Code 128 EAN-8 UPCE PDF-417 US Postnet
EAN-13 UPCE
UPC/EAN supplementals Macro PDF-417 US Planet
Interleaved 2 of 5 UPC/EAN supplementals
Coupon Code (MACRO) Micro PDF-417 UK 4-state
MSI Trioptic 39
Trioptic 39 QR Code Australian 4-state
UPCA Webcode
Webcode RSS Expanded Canadian 4-state
■ GSM/GPRS TLC39 RSS Limited Japanese 4-state
Integrated GSM/GPRS Modul (Tri-band) Composite AB RSS-14 Dutch Kix
- World-wide modul 900/1800/1900 MHz
- GPRS Multi-slot class 8, 10
Mobile station class B
Max. Net Data Rate over air: 42.8 kbp
Selection chart Mobile Computer MC 90xxex-K
- SMS Text & PDU mode Data capture Code Code Code Code
Memory Design no. Version
GSM and GPRS Support options no. no. no.
- SIM Interface 28 keys
supported SIM Card: 3 V only;
alpha numeric via A
User-accessible access
- internal antenna quad-band function keys
- 00
1D standard
range 43 keys
■ Optional IEEE 802.11b H 64 MB RAM B F
scan 64 MB ROM alpha numeric
WLAN engine
Symbol Spectrum24, IEEE 802.11b,
(Direct-Sequence Topologie) 53 keys
E
Output power alpha numeric
100 mW (international) Audio A4
Max. Data rate 53 keys
11 Mbps with key code for G
Antenna VT Emulation
Internal
53 keys
Frequency range with key code for H
1D/2D 128 MB RAM
country dependently 9
imaging K 64 MB ROM 3270 Emulation Audio/
Standard: 2.4 to 2.5 GHz engine
A7
Bluetooth
53 keys
■ Optional Bluetooth with key code for J
WPAN Connectivity 5250 Emulation
IEEE 802.15
Bluetooth Class II
Encryption support Order no.
Max. Data rate MC 90xxex-K without radio card B7-A210-2K B/H 00
1 Mbps
Antenna Order no.
Internal MC 90xxex-K with radio card B7-A216-2K B/H 00
Please insert correct code. Technical data subject to change.
Accessories for the safe area
03-0330-0453-03/06-BAT-D242799/2E

Note: The mobile computers are available in different versions


- Single Slot Cradle (Docking station (Scan Engine, Memory, WLAN and Bluetooth).
for communication with the PC) The complete order numbers are available on request. Accessories can be found on page 63.
- Rapid charging station UBC 2000
(Basic station 4-slot)
- Battery adapter for UBC 2000
(with discharge option)

57

D242799_1_2_E.pmd 3 14.11.2006, 15:06


Mobile Computer MC90xxex-S with GPRS for Zone 2 and 22

Description Technical data


Mobile real-time computer solutions
Keyboard
provide genuine added value
28 keys
The series of the Mobile computers MC 90xxex-S
Display
are compact units for safe barcode scanning in
3.8", 1/4 VGA colour display
hazardous areas.
Barcode options
The scan trigger is positioned in such a way that
- 1D long range scan engine
barcodes can be captured very conveniently. The
- 1D and 2D imaging engine
integrated GPRS module (Gerneral Packet Radio
Service) enables via the GSM band data Dimensions (height x width x depth)
communication to your host system. 193 mm x 91 mm x 59 mm
(8.0 in x 3.6 in x 2.3 in)
Optional are the Mobile computers available with
integrated radio card and Blootooth module. This Weight (depending on configuration)
modules enables a real time data communication 620 g to 715 g (20 oz to 23 oz)
with the host system or a data transfer direct to a
Ambient temperature
printer with Blootooth.
-20 °C to +40 °C (-4 °F to 104 °F)
The MC 90xx ex -S combines the strength of
Storage temperature
Microsoft‘s Pocket PC platform with the power of
-25 °C to +70 °C (-13 °F to 158 °F)
the Intel® XScaleTM PXA255 processor with 400
Mobile Computer MHz. Humidity
5 % to 95 % (non-condensing)
MC 9000 ex-S/ A further highlight is the large easy-to-read 1/4
VGA color display with touchscreen technology. Protection class
MC 9060 ex-S The battery of the MC 90xxex-S with 7.4 V/1550
mAh enebles a maximum usage between charges.
IP 54 (EN 60529)
CPU
These devices can be used in zone 2 XScaleTM PXA255 prozessor at 400 MHz
and zone 22.
Memory
64/64 MB or 128/64 MB
Operating system
Features Performance Windows Mobile 2003
■ with GPRS ■ 1D standard range scan engine Power supply
optional 1D and 2D imaging engine Replaceable, Li Ion battery pack
■ maximum usage between charges with
rechargeable lithium-ion battery ■ Windows Mobile 2003 operating system (1550 mAh/7.4 V)
■ optional WLAN radio technology ■ Intel® XScaleTM PXA255 prozessor at Only change and charge in the safe area!
IEEE 802.11b 400 MHz
■ large bright 3.8" colour display, keypad Backup battery
■ optional Bluetooth Class II, IEEE 802.15 Ni-MH Battery (rechargeable)
with backlight
■ protection against splash water and dirt, 20 mAh/3.6 V
assuring reliable performance under difficult ■ RS232/USB Client
Interface
conditions ■ Scanner in front, ergonomic design with
conveniently positioned scan trigger RS232: max. 115200 bps min. 1200 bps
■ versatility due to well-proven interfaces with USBv1.1 (Client)
wide-ranging software application support
Application development
■ easily readable display in many environments,
SDK available through Symbol
even in bright ambient lighting
Developer Zone Web site
■ wide-ranging communication options

Market Applications Users


Automobile industry Material flow monitoring Personnel in the dispatch,
Explosion protection
(suppliers of paintwork, for Production control receiving and stock management Ex protection type
paint shops, etc.) departments who have received
Supplier chain management II 3G EEx nAL IIC T4 X
Food and beverages (suppliers instruction on the handling of
Incoming/outgoing goods, inventory II 3D IP 5X T 90 °C
03-0330-0454-03/06-BAT-D242800/1E

of aromatic substances, etc.) potentially explosive substances.


management
Petrochemicals (from production Maintenance and repair Certification
through further processing to Safety tests personnel who have received Declaration of EC Conformity for zone 2
delivery) Spare parts tracking instruction for deployment in and zone 22.
potentially explosive areas.
Pharmaceuticals (suppliers of Maintenance / repair work
individual components required Personnel in the production area
Workshop communication
for production e.g. medication) who have received instruction on
Conformity assessment the handling of potentially
Allocation of tasks explosive substances.

58

D242800_1_2_E.pmd 2 14.11.2006, 15:07


Mobile Computer MC90xxex-S with GPRS for Zone 2 and 22

The MC 90xxex-S mobile computers recognise the following barcodes in addition


The MC 90xxex-S mobile computer
with the 1D and 2D imaging engine:
identifies the following barcodes with
the 1D scan engine:
Imagine Decode Capability 1D/2D imaging engine
Code 11 Codabar
EAN-13 Composite C Data Matrix
Code 39 Coupon Code
Code 93 Discrete 2 of 5 UPCA Micro PDF-417 Maxi Code

Code 128 EAN-8 UPCE PDF-417 US Postnet

EAN-13 UPCE UPC/EAN supplementals Macro PDF-417 US Planet


Interleaved 2 of 5 UPC/EAN supplementals Coupon Code (MACRO) Micro PDF-417 UK 4-state
MSI Trioptic 39
Trioptic 39 QR Code Australian 4-state
UPCA Webcode
Webcode RSS Expanded Canadian 4-state

■ GSM/GPRS TLC39 RSS Limited Japanese 4-state


Integrated GSM/GPRS modul (Tri-band) Composite AB RSS-14 Dutch Kix
- World-wide modul 900/1800/1900 MHz
- GPRS Multi-slot class 8, 10
Mobile station class B
Max. Net Data Rate over air: 42.8 kbp Selection chart Mobile Computer MC 90xxex-S
- SMS Text & PDU mode
Data capture options Code no. Memory Code no. Version Code no.
GSM and GPRS Support
- SIM Interface
supported SIM Card: 3 V only; 1D standard
- 00
User-accessible access range 64 MB RAM
scan H B
- internal antenna quad-band 64 MB ROM
engine
Audio A4
■ Optional IEEE 802.11b
WLAN 1D/2D 128 MB RAM
K 9
Symbol Spectrum24, IEEE 802.11b, imaging engine 64 MB ROM Audio/ A7
(Direct-Sequence Topologie) Bluetooth
Output power
100 mW (international)
Max. Data rate
11 Mbps
Order no.
Antenna
MC 90xxex-S with 28 keys B7-A210-2S B/H A 00
Internal without radio card
Frequency range Order no.
country dependently
Standard: 2.4 to 2.5 GHz MC 90xxex-S with 28 keys B7-A216-2S B/H A 00
with radio card
■ Optional Bluetooth Please insert correct code. Technical data subject to change.
WPAN Connectivity Note: The mobile computers are available in different versions
IEEE 802.15 (Scan Engine, Memory, WLAN and Bluetooth).
Bluetooth Class II The complete order numbers are available on request. Accessories can be found on page 63.
Encryption support
Max. Data rate
1 Mbps
Antenna
Internal

Accessories for the safe area


03-0330-0454-03/06-BAT-D242800/2E

- Single Slot Cradle (Docking station


for communication with the PC)
- Rapid charging station UBC 2000
(Basic station 4-slot)
- Battery adapter for UBC 2000
(with discharge option)

59

D242800_1_2_E.pmd 3 14.11.2006, 15:07


Accessories for Mobile Computer MC 9060ex for Zone 1

Selection chart Accessories for MC 9060ex-G and MC 9060ex-K


Illustration Description Order no.

Spare battery for equipment with ATEX approval 17-A1Z0-0001


- Explosion protected variant for zone 1
- 2200 mAh/7.4 V Lithium-Ion battery

Single Slot Cradle for non-hazardous area 05-0079-0018


- Docking station for communication with PC
- For data synchronization
- For software installation
- Including RS232 connection cable Cradle <-> PC
- Including USB connection cable Cradle <-> PC
- Charging compartment for Lithium-Ion battery
- Including power supply unit and power cable
Rapid charging station UBC 2000 for non-hazardous area 05-0079-0017
- Base station 4-slot
- Without battery adapter and batteries
- Including power supply unit and line cord

Battery adapter for UBC 2000 for non-hazardous area 03-9919-0007


- For rapid charging station UBC 2000
- with unloading function

Access Point AP 4131 11 Mbps DS for hazardous area 17-A171-0201/0000


- Receiving antenna for radio data transmission
- Spectrum 24 DS (direct sequence)
- incl. power supply unit, line cord and two flat panel antennas
- Power supply AC 230 V
- Ethernet connection 10-Base T RJ-45
- suitable for installation in hazardous area
- Ex protection type: EEx d IIC T6
- Dimensions: 276 x 276 x 218 mm
- Customized solution available on request
- e. g. PoE (Power over Ethernet), external Ex antennas

The exact number of access points required can be determined


not until radio measurement is completed.

Access Point AP 4131 11 Mbps DS for non-hazardous area 17-28BE-C024


- Receiving antenna for radio data transmission
- Spectrum 24 DS (direct sequence)
- incl. power supply, line cord, mounting bracket,
- 2 single high performance antennas
- Ethernet connection 10-base T RJ-45
- suitable for installation outside hazardous area

The exact number of access points required can be determined


not until radio measurement is completed.

Antenna for non-hazardous area 17-28BE-C004


03-0330-0455-03/06-BAT-D242801/1E

Single high performance antenna


- for Access Point for non-hazardous area
- with 1.2 m connection cable

Mounting set for non-hazardous area 17-28BE-C025


- for Access Point in for non-hazardous area
- incl. antenna bracket

60

D242801_1_2_E.pmd 60 14.11.2006, 15:07


Accessories for Mobile Computer MC 90xxex for Zone 2 and 22

Selection chart Accessories for MC 90xxex-G, MC 90xxex-K and MC 90xxex-S


Illustration Description Order no.

Spare battery for “GUN“ and “BRICK“ version B7-A2Z0-0001


- Explosion protected variant
- 2200 mAh/7.4 V Lithium-Ion battery

Spare battery for “SHORT“ version B7-A2Z0-0003


- Explosion protected variant
- 2200 mAh/7.4 V Lithium-Ion battery

Single Slot Cradle for non-hazardous area 05-0079-0018


- Docking station for communication with PC
- For data synchronization
- For software installation
- Including RS232 connection cable Cradle <-> PC
- Including USB connection cable Cradle <-> PC
- Charging compartment for Lithium-Ion battery
- Including power supply unit and power cable

Rapid charging station UBC 2000 for non-hazardous area 05-0079-0017


- Base station 4-slot
- Without battery adapter and batteries
- Including power supply unit and line cord

Battery adapter for UBC 2000 for non-hazardous area 03-9919-0007


- For rapid charging station UBC 2000
- with unloading function

Ethernet Access Port/Access Points/ 17-A271-0201/0000


Network components
- for application in ex areas zone 2

The exact number of access points required can be determined


not until radio measurement is completed.

Access Point AP 4131 11 Mbps DS for non-hazardous area 17-28BE-C024


- Receiving antenna for radio data transmission
- Spectrum 24 DS (direct sequence)
- incl. power supply, line cord, mounting bracket,
- 2 single high performance antennas
- Ethernet connection 10-base T RJ-45
- suitable for installation outside hazardous area

The exact number of access points required can be determined


not until radio measurement is completed.

Antenna for non-hazardous area 17-28BE-C004


Single high performance antenna
- for Access Point in non-hazardous area
03-0330-0455-03/06-BAT-D242801/2E

- with 1.2 m connection cable

Mounting set for non-hazardous area 17-28BE-C025


- for Access Point in non-hazardous area
- incl. antenna bracket

61

D242801_1_2_E.pmd 61 14.11.2006, 15:08


Hand-held scanner BCS 302ex

Features Power pack


■ immune to direct exposure Description
from normal office and factory level
lighting The power pack provides the intrinsically safe
power supply and isolation of the data
■ high level of impact resistance - robust transmission line to the BCS 302 ex hand held
■ all common barcodes readable scanner.
■ 35 scans per second For ex application we have two options available
■ TTY/RS232 interface via power pack for the power pack:
- TTY interface
■ pluggable - RS232 interface
Both options are supplied with AC 230 V.

Hand-held scanner BCS 302ex Power pack

Explosion protection Explosion protection


Hand-held scanner Ex protection type Ex protection type
BCS 302 ex II 2G EEx ib IIC T4 II 2G EEx ed m [ib] IIC T4
Certification Certification
IBExU03ATEX1094 PTB 02 ATEX 1159
Ambient temperature Ambient temperature
-20 °C to +50 °C -20 °C to +50 °C
Storage temperature Storage temperature
Hand-held scanner BCS 302ex -20 °C to +70 °C -20 °C to +70 °C

Description
As innovative as it is rugged, the BCS 302ex hand-
held scanner from BARTEC delivers the Technical data Technical data
sophisticated ergonomic and operational features
industrial applications demand. Decode capabilities TTY interface
all common barcodes up to 1000 m (T x D)
First the barcodes are evaluated by the integrated
Scan rate RS232 interface
‘fuzzy logic’ technology and in case of poor quality
35 scans per second up to 15 m
is compensated. The hand held scanner is
characterised by an excellent first-time reading Connection power pack Enclosure material
rate of all 1D barcode types (low contrast and pluggable polyester
high-density symbols). Coloured labels and poor
Light source Connected load
quality barcodes can also be read.
650 nm laser diode AC 100 V to AC 250 V
The BCS 302ex has a robust housing, an internal Scan element type Power requirement
shock absorber and an ultrasonic welded window. Retro-collective 100 mA max.
This means that the BCS 302ex is suitable for the
hardest industrial conditions. With these Weight Dimensions (height x length x width)
measures the scanner can withstand a drop to approx. 300 g without cable 250 mm x 255 mm x 120 mm
concrete of 1.8 m. Humidity Protection class
5 % to 95 % (non-condensing) IP 65 (EN 60529)
Dimensions (height x length x width)
173 x 150 x 74 mm
Design
Protection class
The BCS 302ex hand-held scanner with integrated
IP 54
decoder is designed for the pluggable connection
to a power pack. The power pack is for direct
installation in hazardous area. The power pack Order no. Order no.
03-0330-0367-03/06-BAT-D222259E

contains an explosion proof module incorporating


Hand-held scanner BCS 302ex Power pack
the intrinsically safe power supply (barriere) and
one signal barriere for the data lines. 17-21BA-0020 with AC 230 V for TTY interface
17-21BB-0217 (07-3103-2512/241M)
The data connections are available in the
hazardous area - Zone 1 for connections to non- Power pack
hazardous host systems (PC, PLC or micro- with AC 230 V for RS232 interface
processor). External interface units are not 17-21BB-0218 (07-3103-2512/242M)
required in the safe area.
62

D222259_242802_E.pmd 62 14.11.2006, 15:09


Hand-held scanner BCS 302 DustEx

Features Power pack


■ immune to direct exposure Description
from normal office and factory level
lighting The power pack provides the intrinsically safe
power supply and isolation of the data
■ high level of impact resistance - robust transmission line to the BCS 302 ex hand held
■ all common barcodes readable scanner.
■ 35 scans per second For ex application we have two options available
■ TTY/RS232 interface via power pack for the power pack:
- TTY interface
■ pluggable - RS232 interface
Both options are supplied with AC 230 V.

Hand-held scanner
BCS 302 DustEx Power pack
Explosion protection Explosion protection
Hand-held scanner Ex protection type Ex protection type
II 2G EEx ib IIC T4 II 2G EEx ed m [ib] IIC T4
BCS 302 DustEx II 2D IP 6X T 55 °C
Certification
-20 °C < T a < +50 °C
PTB 02 ATEX 1159
Certification
Ambient temperature
IBExU04ATEX1061
-20 °C to +50 °C
Ambient temperature
Storage temperature
Hand-held scanner -20 °C to +50 °C
-20 °C to +70 °C
BCS 302 DustEx Storage temperature
-20 °C to +50 °C
Description
As innovative as it is rugged, the BCS 302 DustEx
hand-held scanner from BARTEC delivers the Technical data Technical data
sophisticated ergonomic and operational features Decode capabilities TTY interface
industrial applications demand. all common barcodes up to 1000 m (TxD only)

First the barcodes are evaluated by the integrated Scan rate RS232 interface
‘fuzzy logic’ technology and in case of poor quality 35 scans per second up to 15 m
is compensated. The hand held scanner is Connection power pack Enclosure material
characterised by an excellent first-time reading pluggable polyester
rate of all 1D barcode types (low contrast and
high-density symbols). Coloured labels and poor Light source Connected load
quality barcodes can also be read. 650 nm laser diode AC 100 V to AC 250 V
Scan element type Power requirement
The BCS 302 DustEx has a robust housing, an Retro-collective 100 mA max.
internal shock absorber and an ultrasonic welded
window. This means that the BCS 302 DustEx is Weight Dimensions (height x length x width)
suitable for the hardest industrial conditions. With approx. 300 g without cable 250 mm x 255 mm x 120 mm
these measures the scanner can withstand a drop Humidity Protection class
to concrete of 1.8 m. 5 % to 95 % (non-condensing) IP 65 (EN 60529)
Dimensions (height x length x width)
173 x 150 x 74 mm
Design
Protection class
The BCS 302 DustEx with integrated decoder is IP 54 (EN 60529)
designed for the pluggable connection to a po-
wer pack. The power pack is for direct installation
in hazardous area. The power pack contains an
Order no. Order no.
03-0330-0456-03/06-BAT-D242802E

explosion proof module incorporating the


intrinsically safe power supply (barriere) and one Hand-held scanner BCS 302 DustEx Power pack
signal barriere for the data lines. 17-21BA-0022 with AC 230 V for TTY interface
17-21BB-0219 (07-3103-2512/261M)
The data connections are available in the
hazardous area - Zone 1 and 21 for connections Power pack
to non-hazardous host systems (PC, PLC or with AC 230 V for RS232 interface
micro-processor). External interface units are not 17-21BB-0220 (07-3103-2512/260M)
required in the safe area.
63

D222259_242802_E.pmd 63 14.11.2006, 15:09


Radio hand-held scanner BCS 370ex

Features
Explosion protection
■ immune to direct exposure from normal
office and factory level lighting Ex protection type
II 2G EEx ib IIC T4
■ high level of impact resistance - robust
■ all common barcodes readable Certification
IBExU04ATEX1060
■ 35 scans per second
■ free movement during data acquisition, Ambient temperature
up to a distance of 30 m from the -20 °C to +40 °C
radio receiving station Storage temperature
-20 °C to +40 °C

Technical data
Decode capabilities
Radio hand-held scanner all common barcodes

BCS 370 ex Scan rate


35 scans per second
Scan angle
Description Design 42° ± 2°
As innovative as it is rugged, the wireless radio The BCS 370 ex radio hand-held scanner with Light source
hand-heldscanner BCS 370 ex from BARTEC integrated decoder has been designed for 650 nm laser diode
delivers the sophisticated ergonomic and wireless real-time data acquisition and allows for
a highly efficient operation in production halls, Scan element type
operational features industrial applications
warehouses and other application sites. Retro-collective
demand.
During data acquisition, the user is able to freely ■ Radio specifications
The radio hand-held scanner BCS 370ex is able
to easily read all conventional 1D-barcodes. Via move within a distance of up to 30 m around the Radio range
the key pad, alphanumerical data can be entered radio receiving station. The BCS 370 ex radio max. 30 m
and presented on the display. hand-held scanner features the intrinsic safety side-by-side with existing
type of protection and can be directly applied in Spectrum24 systems
The radio hand-held scanner BCS 370 ex is hazardous areas of zone 1 or 2.
equipped with a license-independent software, Frequency
which offers the user the possibility of manually Base Station 2.4 GHz point-to-point narrow band,
entering alphanumerical data, scanning all 82 user-selectable channels
conventional 1D-barcodes and transferring them The charging station (cradle) serves, at the same
online via radio to the host system for evaluation time, as radio receiving station and is installed Output power
and further processing. The BCS 370 ex has a in non-hazardous areas. By means of a RS232 < 10 mW
robust housing, an internal shock absorber and cable, the base station can be connected to all Weight
an ultrasonic welded window. conventional hosts. approx. 400 g
This means that the BCS 370ex is suitable for the
hardest industrial conditions. With these Humidity
measures the scanner can withstand a drop to 5 % bis 95 % (non-condensing)
concrete of 1.8 m. Dimensions (height x length x width)
173 mm x 150 mm x 74 mm
Connection possibility Protection class
Safe area
IP 54
Power supply
1100 mAh lithium-ion battery
BARTEC Type: 17-21BE-0008
03-0330-0395-03/06-BAT-C234378E

Radio hand-held
Radio receiving scanner BCS 370ex
and charging station Order no.
(non-hazardous) Radio hand-held scanner
BCS 370ex
17-21BA-0021
64

D234378_242803_E.pmd 2 15.11.2006, 11:32


Accessories for hand-held scanner BCS 302ex

Selection chart
Illustration Description Order no.

Power pack Zone 1 17-21BB-0218


for hand-held scanner BCS 302ex Zone 21 17-21BB-0220
■ with RS232 interface

Power pack Zone 1 17-21BB-0217


ex
for hand-held scanner BCS 302 Zone 21 17-21BB-0219
■ with TTY interface

TYY/RS232 converter for power pack 17-28BE-0000


with TTY interface
■ converts the TTY signal into an RS232 signal

Keyboard wedge 17-28BE-0001


■ incl. connection cable to PC
■ for keyboard wedging
03-0330-0457-03/06-BAT-D242803/1E

65

D234378_242803_E.pmd 3 15.11.2006, 11:32


Trennblaetter_e.pmd 14 15.11.2006, 08:23
Bus and Interface technology

Trennblaetter_e.pmd 15 15.11.2006, 08:23


Inhalt_e.pmd 6 15.11.2006, 07:51
Bus and Interface technology
Implementation Bus systems - Technical information 72 - 79

Bus modules PROFIBUS for Zone 1 82 - 105


PROFIBUS-Interface 16 x digital out 80
07-7331-2301/0000
PROFIBUS-Interface 16 x digital out Ex i 81
07-7331-2301/1.00
PROFIBUS-Interface 16 x digital in 82
07-7331-2302/0000
PROFIBUS-Interface 16 NAMUR in 83
(16 x digital in Ex i, DIN EN 60947-5-6 NAMUR)
07-7331-2303/0000, 07-7331-2303/1000
PROFIBUS-Interface 8 x 4 to 20 mA in 84
07-7331-2304/0000
PROFIBUS-Interface 8 x 4 to 20 mA in passiv 85
07-7331-2304/2000
PROFIBUS-Interface 8 Transmitter in (8 x 4 to 20 mA, Transmitter in) 86
07-7331-2304/3000
PROFIBUS-Interface 4 x digital out Ex e/8 x digital in Ex i (NAMUR) 87
07-7331-2305/0000
PROFIBUS-Interface 4 x digital out Ex i/8 x digital in Ex i (NAMUR) 88
07-7331-2305/1000
PROFIBUS-Interface 8 x 4 to 20 mA out 89
07-7331-2306/.000
PROFIBUS-Interface 4 x RTD in Ex i 90
07-7331-2307/0000
PROFIBUS-Interface 8 x Relay out 91
07-7331-2308/0000
PROFIBUS-Interface 8 x Relay out Ex i 92
07-7331-2308/1000
PROFIBUS-Interface Counter module 93
07-7331-2309/0000
PROFIBUS-Interface 8 x 4 to 20 mA in HART/4 x 4 to 20 mA in/out HART 94 - 95
07-7331-230H/0000; 07-7331-230H/1010
PROFIBUS Coupler/PROFIBUS Repeater 96 - 97
07-7311-93../....; 07-7311-97../....
RS485/PROFIBUS LWL T-coupler family 98 - 99
07-7311-97WP/40..; A7-7311-84WP/40..; 07-7312-84WP/40..
RS485/PROFIBUS LWL Ring-coupler family 100 - 101
07-7311-97WP/5...; A7-7311-84WP/50..; 07-7312-84WP/50..
RS485/PROFIBUS LWL PP-coupler family 102 - 103
07-7311-97WP/60..; A7-7311-84WP/60..; 07-7312-84WP/60..

Inhalt_e.pmd 7 15.11.2006, 07:51


Bus modules INTERBUS for Zone 1 104 - 113
INTERBUS-Interface 16 x digital out 104
07-7331-2101/0000
INTERBUS-Interface 16 x digital in 105
07-7331-2102/0000
INTERBUS-Interface 16 NAMUR in 106
07-7331-2103/0000
INTERBUS-Interface 8 Transmitter in 107
07-7331-2104/0000
INTERBUS-Interface 4 x digital out/8 x digital in Ex i (NAMUR) 108
07-7331-2105/0000
INTERBUS-Interface 4 x digital out Ex i/8 x digital in Ex i 109
07-7331-2105/1000
INTERBUS-Interface 8 analogue out 110
07-7331-2106/0000
INTERBUS-Interface 8 x Relay out 111
07-7331-2108/0000
PROFIBUS-Interface Terminator 112
07-7311-93WP/0000
Resistive coupling element 113
17-9Z62-0002

Automation in the field Ex 750i 114 - 121


Ex 750i Power supply terminal for intrinsically safe bus terminals 115
A7-7375-6000
Ex 750i Input terminal analogue in EEx i, 0 to 20 mA 116
A7-7375-4100
Ex 750i Input terminal for RTDs, 2 channel analogue EEx i 117
A7-7375-4110
Ex 750i Input terminal digital in EEx i, DIN EN 60947-5-6/NAMUR; 118
1 channel with diagnostics
A7-7375-4200
Ex 750i Input terminal 2 channels digital, NAMUR, EEx i 119
A7-7375-4210
Ex 750i Output terminal analog out 0 to 20 mA 120
A7-7375-5100
Ex 750i Output terminal digital out EEx i 121
A7-7375-5200

Inhalt_e.pmd 8 15.11.2006, 07:51


Control units MODEX 123 - 149
Fuse max. 1.25 A with double terminals 124
07-7311-61J2/..20
Fuse max. 1.25 A with single terminals 125
07-7311-61J2/.TA0
Fuse max. 2.5 A 126
07-7311-63J2/..00
Fuse max. 6.3 A 127
07-7311-93J2/..00
Fuse max. 6.3 A, quick-acting 128
07-7311-93J2/..T0
Isolator terminal IP 30 , 2-pole 129
07-7311-6131/EE00
Miniature switching relay 130
07-7311-6371/.000
Relay, 1 changeover contact/2 changeover contacts 131
07-7311-937./.000
Isolator relay, contact seperation accord. to DIN EN 60079-0 and DIN EN 60079-11 132
07-7311-937./..00
Optocoupler, 2-channel 133
07-7311-93QH/C5M0
Power relay 134
07-7311-9772/.310
Power contactor 135
07-7331-61..
Cradle relay 136 - 137
07-7331-977./.100
Transformer AC 24 V/500 mA 138
07-7311-97S3/H3N0
AC/DC converter DC 24 V/450 mA 139
07-7311-97S7/AAMO
Power supply unit DC 24 V/2A 140
07-7331-1201/0000
Power supply unit AC/DC 110 to 250 V 141
07-7311-97S9/J..0
Isolator amplifier, 4-channel with display 142 - 143
07-7311-97MT/BA..
Output isolator 144 - 145
07-7331-4200/000.
Measuring transducer for Pt 100 146
07-7311-93T4/.350
Two-position controller 147
07-7311-97ER/31.0
(Precision) Resistors max. 0.8 Watt 148
07-7311-61TW/0.00
(Precision) Resistors max. 1.2 Watt 149
07-7311-63TW/....

Inhalt_e.pmd 9 15.11.2006, 07:51


BARTEC ... safe and reliable, system solutions

Todays industrial plant design


PLC
Industrial plant installations are still being designed on the conven- with I/O cards

tional arrangement of a control room, which is located in the safe


area. This contains the PLC or DCS unit, along with input and output

Isolator card
Isolator card
Isolator card
Isolator card
Isolator card
Isolator card
Isolator card
Isolator card
Isolator cards
separating Ex/Ex i
cards and any intrinsically safe barriers/isolation cards. A large
number of connection terminals are required within the switchgear safe area Marshalling terminals

cabinet, for both the out and incoming cable connections, to and from
the field distribution boxes. This takes up a great deal of space, is
often quite complex, and is an area which is susceptible to faults.
Any extensions or modifications to the plant have to be planned well
in advance.
Main
Theory and practice marshalling box

An ideal field bus system, networking a large number of actuators


Field
and sensors, is both costly and far from easy to implement. Fitting distri-
bution
simple components such as proximity and limit switches with an boxes

additional interface for bus communication would make them con-


Field devices, actuators and sensors EEx i, EEx m, EEx d, ...
siderably more expensive than the cost of the standard product. It is
this high cost factor that stands in the way of the ideal field bus sys-
tem becoming a reality.

MODEX . . .
innovative and practical
PLC
with bus master

Looking for a system that has real advantages over


INTERBUS
conventional cabling? safe area PROFIBUS-DP
BARTEC has the solution. Using MODEX bus modules,
standard bus systems can be connected directly from
the safe area into the hazardous area.
You could benefit as follows:

■ An appreciable saving of space in the control room


Combination of different
explosion protection types
■ MODEX replaces the I/O level, Ex isolation, marshalling boxes,
EEx e
main and field distribution boxes EEx de
EEx de [ia/ib]
■ Bus cables replace elaborate parallel cabling and main cables
■ Reduction of cable management systems

■ Flexibility of planning and engineering


Field devices, actuators and sensors EEx i, EEx m, EEx d, ...
■ Appreciable cost savings

72

Einfuehrung_Bussysteme_e.pmd 72 15.11.2006, 11:34


Bus systems in hazardous areas
don’t need to be intrinsically safe!
safe area
Components with a low power demand are often manufactured to meet
the „ intrinsically safe“ requirement. The advantage of this is in the IEC/EN60079-14 Installation of
VDE 0165 electrical
ease of use and replacement of sensors and actuators. However, equipment in
explosion
in addition to sensors, motors, valves and heating systems are hazard areas

operated in hazardous areas and these require a great deal more


power than can be supplied using intrinsically safe circuits. Core cross section min. 0.5 mm²

Standard bus systems for direct links


with the hazardous area

Using MODEX bus modules, standard bus systems can be linked


directly from the safe area to the hazardous area - quickly and easily.
The IEC 79-14 standard, which governs the installation of electrical
equipment in hazardous areas, is the only standard that needs to be
considered.

The key word is "combination" Enclosure


EEx e
You have measuring and control circuits in different protection types
and want to link them in a single system. BARTEC offers a solution MODEX
Bus interface
through the combination of protection types. The benefits for you are with
Ex isolation
a system which has: EEx de [ia/ib]

■ Flexibility, functionality and a high degree of safety and reliability


MODEX
The system will also be suitable for both: Bus interface
EEx de
■ intrinsically safe measuring circuits with a low power demand
■ and for supplying consumers with a high power demand

MODEX... safe and proven

MODEX . . .
the safe and reliable solution for
standard bus systems in hazardous areas

73

Einfuehrung_Bussysteme_e.pmd 73 15.11.2006, 11:34


BARTEC brings standard bus systems into hazardous areas

Local control units

MODEX decentralized local control units are enclosures in stainless


steel, polyester or aluminium. They are fitted with a variety of MODEX
components to suit individual applications.
All BARTEC enclosures are certified as conforming to the ”CENELEC”
European Standards and meet all of the requirements relating to im-
pact resistance, ageing, antistatic properties and IP rating. The
assembled unit containing the MODEX I/O and interface components
is also fully approved.
○ ○ ○

○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○
MODEX local control units can be opened
while in operation

Work may be carried out on intrinsically safe circuits, provided


that all live parts, which are not intrinsically safe (EEx i) are pro-
tected by a cover (see detail illustration) which is at least IP 30
(cf. EN 50019; 1994).
The covers provided as part of the supply schedule satisfy this re-
quirement.

MODEX local control units

74

Einfuehrung_Bussysteme_e.pmd 74 15.11.2006, 11:34


Local installation

MODEX local control units, are installed in the immediate vicinity of


the sensors and actuators, inside the hazardous area. They replace
the I/O level, Ex isolation, main marshalling box and other field dis-
tribution boxes.

Sensors and actuators are wired directly to the control units. The
individual control units are networked to one another and to the con-
trol room, by means of a standard bus system.

The direct networking appreciably cuts planning,


+ barriers + relays + time delay relays + contactors +
installation and inspection costs.
fuses + opto-relays + measuring transducers PT 100 +
power supply units + switch amplifiers + transmitter
power supplies

The wide variety of MODEX modules available, enables versatile


solutions to be created for a large number of different applications. In
accordance with customers’ requirements, BARTEC fits MODEX into
MODEX proves its merit . . . EEx e enclosures and delivers them as local control units, certified

on the spot for hazardous areas.

The decentralized use of MODEX control units, enables modular sys-


tems to be built up, tested and extended. To increase system avai-
lability both the power supply and bus cabling can be installed with
redundancy.

Commissioning/service/maintenance

LEDs on the MODEX modules, give a clear and direct overview of the
various operating conditions, such the status of the Voltage, the Bus
and Channel Activated, etc.

Signals can be indicated locally via volt free relay contacts. All sig-
nals normally sent in bus systems are, of course, also available to
the control room.

75

Einfuehrung_Bussysteme_e.pmd 75 15.11.2006, 11:34


BARTEC brings standard bus systems into hazardous areas

MODEX modules

MODEX modules are flameproof certified, plastic enclosures, in which


electrical components or sub-assemblies are installed.

The individual modules are connected to one another by means of


"increased safety" terminals.

All MODEX modules are tested and PTB certified


to EEx de IIC or EEx de [ia/ib] IIC.

MODEX . . . the perfect bus connection

Application Signal processing


Signals Ex protection Channels
Sensor/actuator INTERBUS PROFIBUS DP

4
Switch
EEx e 8

16
Proximity switch digital in
4

EEx i 8
Electronic switch
16

I/O 4/4
Solenoid valve
4
EEx e
8

Visual signals digital out 16

Acoustic signals EEx i 16

I/O 8/4

4
Transmitter EEx e
8
analogue in
4
Power sources EEx i
8

2
I/- converter EEx e
8
analogue out
2
Positioner EEx i
8

76

Einfuehrung_Bussysteme_e.pmd 76 15.11.2006, 11:34


BARTEC brings standard bus systems into hazardous areas

Dimensions
MODEX modules can be supplied in 5 different enclosure sizes:
Enclosure size Length Width Height

I 60 mm x 15 mm x 75 mm
II 60 mm x 30 mm x 75 mm

III 90 mm x 30 mm x 94 mm
IV 90 mm x 75 mm x 94 mm

V 100 mm x 170 mm x 94 mm

Selection chart MODEX bus modules


Type Features Ex protection Size Oder no.

16 x digital in 16 digital inputs DC 24 V II 2G EEx de IIC V INTERBUS 07-7331-2102/0000


Direct tripping of limit switches PROFIBUS 07-7331-2302/0000

16 x digital in 16 inputs to DIN 19234 for II 2(1)G EEx de [ia] IIC V INTERBUS 07-7331-2103/0000
NAMUR Proximity switches or mechanical contacts PROFIBUS 07-7331-2303/_000

16 x digital out 16 digital outputs DC 24 V/500 mA; EEx de IIC V INTERBUS 07-7331-2101/0000
Direct tripping of encapsulated solenoid valves PROFIBUS 07-7331-2301/0000

16 x digital out 16 intrinsically safe outputs II 2G EEx de [ib] IIC V PROFIBUS 07-7331-2301/1_00

8 x 4 to 20 mA 8 analogue inputs 4 to 20 mA II 2(1)G EEx de [ia] IIC V INTERBUS 07-7331-2104/0000


EEx i for 2-wire transmitter PROFIBUS 07-7331-2304/0000

8 x 4 to 20 mA 8 analogue inputs HART for 2-wire transmitter II 2(1)G EEx de [ia] IIC V PROFIBUS 07-7331-230H/0000
or active 4 to 20 mA

8 x 4 to 20 mA 8 analogue inputs for 4 to 20 mA II 2(1)G EEx de [ia] IIC V INTERBUS 07-7331-2104/2000


in passiv EEx e for 4-wire transmitter PROFIBUS 07-7331-2304/2000

8 x analogue out 8 analogueoutputs 4 to 20 mA EEx i; load 0 to 500 Ω II 2(1)G EEx de [ia] IIC V INTERBUS 07-7331-2106/0000
PROFIBUS 07-7331-2306/_000

4 x 4 to 20 mA 4 analogue inputs and 4 analog outputs, HART II 2(1)G EEx de [ia] IIC V PROFIBUS 07-7331-230H/1010
analogue in/
analogue out

4 x analogue in/out 4 analogue inputs and 4 analog outputs, HART II 2(1)G EEx de [ia] IIC V PROFIBUS 07-7331-230H/1000

Valve controller 4 digital outputs for EEx i-valves II 2(1)G EEx de [ia] IIC V INTERBUS 07-7331-2105/_000
4 out/8 in 8 digital inputs for limit switch signal to DIN 19234 PROFIBUS 07-7331-2305/_000

4 x RTD in 4 PT 100/1000 or potentiometer; II 2(1)G EEx de [ia] IIC V PROFIBUS 07-7331-2307/0000


Temperature sensors, two or three wire

8 x Relay out 8 outputs AC 250 V/5 A or DC 100 V/2 A II 2G EEx de IIC V INTERBUS 07-7331-2108/0000
Mech. service life 10 million operations PROFIBUS 07-7331-2308/0000

8 x Relay out 8 changeover for EEx i circuits II 2G EEx de [ib] IIC V INTERBUS 07-7331-2108/1000
Mech. service life 10 million operations PROFIBUS 07-7331-2308/1000

Counter 3 channels bidirectional/2 channels unidirectional, II 2(1)G EEx de [ia] IIC V PROFIBUS 07-7311-2309/0000
8 channels for NAMUR sensors

Coupler/Repeater Coupler: Signal Refresh II (2)G EEx de [ib] IIC V PROFIBUS 07-7311-9.WP/....
Repeater: Signal Refresh and Time Refresh

LWL-Coupler Optical waveguide-coupler for long distances II 2G EEx de [ib] IIC IV PROFIBUS 07-7311-97WP/....
interference free signal transmission; EEx ia, EEx ib

Terminator active PROFIBUS bus terminal resistor II 2G EEx de IIC III PROFIBUS 07-7311-93WP/0000

77

Einfuehrung_Bussysteme_e.pmd 77 15.11.2006, 11:34


Technical information on PROFIBUS

Brief technical description

Extract from the brief technical description of PROFIBUS-


from the PROFIBUS user organisation of September 1999

The RS 485 transmission technology


RS 485 transmission is the transmission technology most frequently used by PROFIBUS. The application
area includes all areas in which high transmission speed and simple, inexpensive installation are
required. Twisted pair shielded copper cable with one conductor pair is used.
The RS 485 transmission technology is easy to handle. Installation of the twisted pair cable does not
require expert knowledge. The bus structure permits addition and removal of stations or step-by-step
commissioning of the system without influencing the other stations. Later expansions have no effect
on stations which are already in operation.Transmission speeds between 9.6 kbit/sec and 12 Mbit/sec
are available. One unique transmission speed is selected for all devices on the bus when the system is
commissioned.

Installation instructions for RS 485


All devices are connected in a bus structure (i.e., line). Up to 32 stations (master or slaves) can be
connected in one segment. The bus is terminated by an active bus terminator at the beginning and end
of each segment.
To ensure error-free operation, both bus terminators must always be powered. The bus terminator can
usually be switched in the devices or in the bus terminator connectors. In the case of more than 32
users, or to enlarge the area of the network, repeaters (line amplifiers) must be used to link up the
individual bus segments. The maximum cable length depends on the transmission speed, see Table 2.
Cable length specifications in Table 2 are based on type-A cable with the following parameters:

■ Impedance 135 to 165 Ω

■ Capacity < 30 pf/m

■ Loop resistance 110 W/km

■ Wire gauge 0.64 mm

■ Conductor area > 0.34 mm²

The use of cables, type B used in former times is not recommended generally.

78

Einfuehrung_Bussysteme_e.pmd 78 15.11.2006, 11:34


Technical information on PROFIBUS

Baud rate (kbits/s) 9.6 19.2 93.75 187.5 500 1 500 12 000
Range/Segment 1 200 m 1 200 m 1 200 m 1 000 m 400 m 200 m 100 m
Table 2: Range based on transmission speed for type-A cable

Fiber type Properties


Multimode glass-fiber Medium distance 2 to 3 km range
Monomode glass-fiber Long distance > 15 km range
Plastic fiber Short distance < 80 m range
PCS/HCS fiber Short distance approx. 500 m range
Table 7: Properties of fiber-optic cables

PROFIBUS cable
PROFIBUS cables are offered by various well-known manufacturers. A particular feature is the fast-
connect system which, thanks to a special cable and special cable stripper, allows fast, reliable and
extremely simple wiring. When connecting the stations, make sure that the data lines are not reversed.
Use of shielded data lines is absolutely essential for achieving high system immunity against high
electromagnetic emissions. The shield should be connected to protective ground on both sides and
with good conductivity using large-area shield clamps. In addition, it is recommended that data lines
be kept separate from all high-voltage cables. The use of stub lines must be avoided for data transmission
speeds of 1.5 Mbit/s.
Commercially available plug connectors permit the incoming data cable and the outgoing data cable
to be connected directly in the connector. This means that stub lines do not have to be used, and the
bus connector can be connected and disconnected at the bus at all times without interrupting data
communication.
Whenever problems occur in PROFIBUS networks, in 90 % of all cases they can be attributed to
incorrect wiring and installation. These problems can often be solved using bus testers, which can
detect many typical wiring faults even before commissioning. For the addresses of supplier of the
many different connectors, cables, repeaters and bustesters, please refer to the PROFIBUS Product
Guide.

Fiber-optic cables
Fiber-optic conductors may be used in PROFIBUS for applications in environments with very high
electromagnetic interference, for electrical isolation or to increase the maximum network distance for
high transmission speeds. Various types of fibers are available, with different characteristics with
respect to distance, price and application.
PROFIBUS segments using fiber-optic technology are designed using either a star or a ring structure.
The PROFIBUS fiber optic components from some manufacturers also allow the creation of redundant
fiber optic links with automatic switchover to the alternative physical transmission route in the event
of a fault. Many manufacturers also offer couplers between RS 485 transmission links and optical
fibers. This provides a method of switching at any time between RS 485 transmission and fiber optic
transmission within one system. See PROFIBUS guideline 2.021 for the specification of the PROFIBUS
fiber-optic transmission technique. For an overview of the fiber-optic components available for
PROFIBUS, please refer to the current PROFIBUS Product Guide.

79

Einfuehrung_Bussysteme_e.pmd 79 15.11.2006, 11:34


PROFIBUS-Interface 16 x digital out

■ Electrical data
Supply voltage (L+, L-)
DC 20 V to DC 30 V
Power consumption
P = 1.5 W
Galvanic isolation
power supply//bus//electronic//outputs
PROFIBUS-Interface Bus interface
RS 485 with screw-clamping terminals
Display
Status ON, BF, SF
Outputs 16 x LED yellow, active
Description
■ Output data
This module allows the activation of 16 actuators Supply voltage (U+, U-)
in the hazardous area via PROFIBUS-DP. DC 24 V (18 to 30 V)
Features For example, encapsulated solenoid valves or
indicator lamps can be directly activated with Power consumption
■ 16 channels P = 240 W (max.)
24 V/500 mA. LEDs on the front of the module
■ 24 V/500 mA outputs output bus status as well as output states. Power dissipation
■ Direct control of solenoid valves PV tot.= 7.3 W
■ Galvanic isolation Reverse voltage protection
■ LED display
Technical data Yes
Construction Short-circuit protection
■ EMC according to DIN EN 6100-6-3...4,
Flameproof, clip-on enclosure conditionally short-circuit-proof
DIN EN 6100-6-1...2
for TS 35 rail
■ Programmable address on front panel Output voltage
Enclosure material Supply voltage - 0.18 V
High-quality thermoplastics
Output current
Dimensions/mounting positions Protection class 500 mA at TU = +40 °C
Module IP 66 400 mA at TU = +60 °C
Terminals IP 20
Guidelines/norms/certifications
Terminals with cover IP 30
Directive 89/336/EEC
Terminals Directive 73/23/EEC
2.5 mm², fine stranded Directive 94/9/EC
Labelling
front panel label for markings
Display Explosion protection
LEDs on front panel Ex protection type
Storage temperature II 2G EEx de IIC
-40 °C to +60 °C I M2 EEx de I
Ambient temperature Certification
-20 °C to +60 °C PTB 97 ATEX 1066 U
Weight
2.1 kg

Notes
Wiring diagram/terminal assignment
■ Last bus module in system:
                       
Bridge A-AX (terminals 30, 33)
            Bridge B-BX (terminals 29, 32)
287287 *1'
■ GSD-file: BARX2901.gsd
%$57(&                        
03-0330-0136-03/06-BCS-C127309E

352),%86
['LJLWDORXW %86

&
,,H
9
[ [ (3 9 

$''5(66 % $ % $ % $
G
[ [
 
        8 8 3( / / [(
 
(
Order no.
    21 %) 6)    
        8 8 3( / / 07-7331-2301/0000
Technical data subject to change without notice.

80

C127309_203184E.pmd 2 15.11.2006, 11:43


PROFIBUS-Interface 16 x digital out Ex i

■ Electrical data
Supply voltage (L+, L-, U+, U-)
DC 20 V to DC 30 V
Power consumption
P = 2.5 W (L+, L-)
P = 15 W (max.) (U+, U-)
Power dissipation
PV tot. = 8 W
PROFIBUS-Interface Reverse voltage protection
Yes
Galvanic isolation
Description L+, L-//Bus//U+, U-, outputs
This module is used for the control of intrinsically Bus interface
safe actuators in the Ex area via PROFIBUS-DP RS 485 with screw-clamping terminals
according to DIN EN 61158-2...6 and DIN Display
EN 61784-1. Status ON, BF, SF, U2
It is, for example, possible to directly connect Outputs LED yellow, active
Features intrinsically safe solenoid valves or indicator LED red, short-circuit
lights. LEDs on the front of the module output ■ Output data
■ 16 channels bus status as well as output states. Short-circuit protection
■ Direct control of solenoid valves conditionally short-circuit-proof
■ Galvanic isolation Output voltage
■ LED display Technical data DC 18.1 V ( at U+ ≥ 22 V)
■ EMC according to DIN EN 6100-6-3...4, Construction Output datas
DIN EN 6100-6-1...2 Flameproof, clip-on enclosure IN = 30 mA Ri = 220 Ω 0
for TS 35 rail IN = 35 mA Ri = 180 Ω 1
■ Programmable address on front panel
Enclosure material Guidelines/norms/certifications
High-quality thermoplastics Directive 89/336/EEC
Dimensions/mounting positions Protection class Directive 73/23/EEC
Module IP 66 Directive 94/9/EC
Terminals IP 20
Terminals with cover IP 30
Terminals
Explosion protection
2.5 mm², fine stranded Ex protection type
II 2G EEx de [ib] IIC
Labelling
front panel label for markings Certification
PTB 97 ATEX 1066 U
Display Module TÜV 00 ATEX 1649
LEDs on front panel Type 17-6583-.10./....
Storage temperature Type 17-6583-.11./....
-40 °C to +60 °C For further data see EC model test certification.
Ambient temperature Safety data 0
-20 °C to +60 °C Type 17-6583-.10./..
Weight U0 = 21 V I0 = 111.6 mA
2.1 kg P0 = 586 mW Um = 253 V
L0 = 3.2 mH (IIC)/12 mH (IIB)
C0 = 188 nF (IIC)/1.27 µF (IIB)
Safety data 1
Type 17-6583-.11./..
Wiring diagram/terminal assignment
U0 = 21 V I0 = 139.2 mA
P0 = 731 mW Um = 253 V
                       
           
L0 = 1.8 mH (IIC)/8 mH (IIB)
C0 = 188 nF (IIC)/1.27 µF (IIB)
176176 8

%$57(&                        
03-0330-0277-03/06-BCS-C203184E

Notes
241(+$75 ■ Last bus modul in system:
Z&KIKVCNQWV'ZK $75 Bridge A-AX (terminals 30, 33)
%
+
?+D Bridge B-BX (terminals 29, 32)
Z Z 8 8
 # # 8
8
 K=
#&&4'55    
FG
$ # $ # $ # 2 2
Z

Z

        7 7 2# 2# . . Z' ■ GSD-file: BARX2301.gsd
 
'

    10 $( 5( 7    
07-7331-2301/1 00
        7 7 2# 2# . . Order no. Please insert version
Technical data subject to change without notice.

81

C127309_203184E.pmd 3 15.11.2006, 11:43


PROFIBUS-Interface 16 x digital in

■ Electrical data
Supply voltage
DC 20 V to DC 30 V
(protection against polarity reversal)
Power consumption
P = 4.6 W
Power dissipation
PV = 4.6 W
PROFIBUS- Description
Galvanic isolation
Interface This module allows the connection of 16 digital
signals to the PROFIBUS-DP, according to
power supply//bus//inputs

DIN EN 61158-2...6; DIN EN 61784-1, within the Bus interface


hazardous area. Signals from flameproof RS 485 with screw-clamping terminals
encapsulated limit switches and control devices Display
can be injected directly. In case of NAMUR Status ON, BF
sensors or other signalling contacts that are Inputs 16 x LED yellow, active sensor
controlled in an intrinsically safe way, barriers or
■ Input data
isolator amplifiers are connected on line side.
LEDs on the front of the module output the input Switching threshold
states as well as important status messages. 0 - Signal 0 V to +5 V
1 - Signal +10 V to +30 V
Features Power input
Technical data typ. 5 mA at 24 V
■ 16 channels
Construction min. 4 mA at 20 V
■ 24 V inputs
Flameproof, clip-on enclosure Reverse voltage protection
■ Direct control via Ex-limit switches for TS 35 rail conditionally protected against
■ Galvanic isolation Enclosure material polarity reversal
■ LED display High-quality thermoplastics Guidelines/norms/certifications
■ EMC according to DIN EN 6100-6-3...4; Protection class Directive 89/336/EEC
DIN EN 6100-6-1...2 Module IP 66 Directive 73/23/EEC
■ Programmable address on front panel Terminals IP 20 Directive 94/9/EC
Terminals with cover IP 30
Terminals
Dimensions/mounting positions 2.5 mm², fine stranded
Explosion protection
Labelling
front panel label for markings Ex protection type
II 2G EEx de IIC
Display I M2 EEx de I
LEDs on front panel
Certification
Storage temperature PTB 97 ATEX 1066 U
-40 °C to +60 °C Type 07-7331-..../....
Ambient temperature
-20 °C to +60 °C
Weight
2.1 kg

Notes
Wiring diagram/terminal assignment
■ Last bus modul in system:
                  Bridge A-AX (terminals 30, 33)
           
Bridge B-BX (terminals 29, 32)
,1,1
■ GSD-file: BARX2900.gsd
%$57(&                  
03-0330-0137-03/06-BCS-C127310E

*1'

352),%86
['LJLWDOLQ %86

&
$''5(66 % $ % $ [% [$ $3 $3 9 9
 ,,H
[ [ G
 
        3$ 3$ / / [(
 
(
Order no.
  21 %)    



 


     3$ 3$ / / 07-7331-2302/0000
Technical data subject to change without notice!

82

C127310_127311E.pmd 2 15.11.2006, 13:16


PROFIBUS-Interface 16 NAMUR in (16 x digital in Ex i, DIN 50227/NAMUR)

Description ■ Electrical data


This module allows 16 digital signals to be Supply voltage (L+, L-)
coupled to PROFIBUS-DP, according to DIN DC 20 V to DC 30 V
EN 61158-2...6; DIN EN 61784-1, in the Power consumption
hazardous area. Namur sensors, optocouplers, P = 5.1 W
mechanical contacts or other actuating elements Power dissipation
can be connected by means of intrinsically safe
PV = 5.1 W
equipment. The bus power supply and the inputs
are galvanically isolated. The states of the Galvanic isolation
PROFIBUS- individual inputs, the usual bus status messages power supply//inputs//bus//electronic
Bus interface
and open circuit / short circuit are indicated by
Interface LEDs. When the module is wired to contacts, cable RS 485 with screw-clamping terminals
Features monitoring can be switched off. Display
Status ON, BF, SF
■ 16 channels
Technical data Inputs 16 x double LED
■ for NAMUR sensors DIN EN 50227
LED yellow, damped
■ for mechanical contact Construction
LED red, open/short circuit
■ Galvanic isolation Flameproof, clip-on enclosure for
■ LED display TS 35 rail Sensor power supply
■ EEx ia, ib Ua = 8.2 V
Enclosure material
■ Cable monitoring (can be disabled) High-quality thermoplastics Switching threshold
■ Programmable address on front panel open circuit < 0.23 mA
Protection class
■ Group error messages damped < 1.2 mA
Enclosure IP 66
undamped > 2.1 mA
Terminals IP 20
Dimensions/mounting positions short circuit > 7.4 mA
Terminals with cover IP 30
Transmittable frequency
Terminals
100 Hz
2.5 mm², fine stranded
Cable monitoring
Labelling
Group error message via bus and
front panel label for markings
contact assembly AC 230 V/3 A/100 VA
Display
Guidelines/norms/certifications
LEDs on front panel
Directive 89/336/EEC
Storage temperature Directive 73/23/EEC
-40 °C to +60 °C Directive 94/9/EC
Ambient temperature
-20 °C to +60 °C
Weight Explosion protection
2.1 kg Ex protection type
II 2(1)G EEx de [ia] IIC
Certification
Status chart
PTB 97 ATEX 1066 U
Datenbit Bus message “Error I/O“ Module TÜV 98 ATEX 1355 X
Input
0000 1000 Jumper B/S removed Jumper B/S connected
Type 17-6583-33../....
damped 1 0 0 0 For further data see EC model test certification.
Safety data
un- UO = 12.3 V Um = 253 V
0 1 0 0
damped Pmax.= 97.8 mW IO = 31.8 mA
open
LO = 31 mH (IIC)/115 mH (IIB)
1 0 1 0
circuit CO = 1.28 µF (IIC)/8.1 µF (IIB)
short
0 1 1 0
circuit Notes
■ To disable open/short circuit monitoring,
Wiring diagram/terminal assignment bridge terminals 40 and 41
■ Use a 1 kΩ/10 kΩ resistive coupling
                        element type 17-9Z62-0002 for open/short
           
circuit monitoring during contact scan
■ With 9-16 sensors also use external terminals
%$57(&
(([L
■ Last bus module in system:
03-0330-0138-03/06-BCS-C127311E

                       
       
Bridge A-AX (terminals 30, 33)
352),%86
Bridge B-BX (terminals 29, 32)
[GLJLWDOLQ([L %6 ■ GSD-file: BARX2903.gsd
%86
,&
',11$085 @,D
>L
[
$''5(66 [
% $ % $
[
%
[
$ $
3 $
3 9

9

 HG
[ Order no.
   
             3$ 3$ / / (
(
07-7331-2303/0000










 
21
 
%) 6)


 

 

3$ 3$

/ /
07-7331-2303/1000
Technical data subject to change without notice.

83

C127310_127311E.pmd 3 15.11.2006, 13:16


PROFIBUS-Interface 8 x 4 to 20 mA in

Technical data Transmitter power supply


Ua = 15 V at 20 mA
Construction
single channels conditionally
Flameproof, clip-on enclosure
short-circuits-proof
for TS 35 rail
Signal range
Enclosure material 4 to 20 mA
High-quality thermoplastics 4 mA = 655 dec.
Protection class 20 mA = 3276 dec.
Module IP 66 Transmission range
Terminals IP 20 0 to 25 mA
PROFIBUS-Interface Terminals with covers IP 30 Input resistance
Terminals Ri = 100 Ω
2.5 mm2, fine stranded Conversion time
Labelling < 1 ms
Features front panel label for markings Resolution
12 bit
■ 8 channels Display
LEDs on front panel Accuracy (with shielded cable)
■ EEx ia/ib ± 0.2 %
■ 12 bit resolution Storage temperature
-40 °C to +60 °C Cable monitoring
■ Galvanic isolation Group error message via bus and
Ambient temperature contact assembly AC 250 V/3 A/100 V
■ LED display
-20 °C to +60 °C
■ Programmable address on front panel Guidelines/norms/certifications
Weight Directive 89/336/EEC
2.1 kg Directive 73/23/EEC
Description Directive 94/9/EC
This module allows the connection of 8 intrin-
sically safe transmitters to PROFIBUS-DP, ■ Electrical data
according to DIN EN 61158-2...6; DIN Supply voltage
EN 61784-1 in the hazardous area. The input DC 20 V to DC 30 V
Explosion protection
signal is transmitted with 12 bit resolution and Ex protection type
Power consumption
high-noise immunity. II 2(1)G EEx de [ia] IIC
P = 7.6 W
Power dissipation Certification
Dimensions/mounting positions PV = 5.1 W PTB 97 ATEX 1066 U
Module TÜV 98 ATEX 1367 X
Galvanic isolation Type 17-6583-34../....
power supply//inputs//bus//electronic For further data see EC model test certification.
Bus interface Safety data
RS 485 with screw-clamping terminals U0 = 26 V
Display Um= 253 V
Bus status ON, BF, SF P0 = 549 mW
Inputs 8 x double LED I0 = 84.3 mA
LED yellow, sensor active L0 = 5.3 mH (IIC)/20 mH (IIB)
LED red, open circuit/ C0 = 99 nF (IIC)/770 nF (IIB)
short circuit P = 549 mW

Notes
Wiring diagram/terminal assignment
■ To disable open/short circuit monitoring,
bridge terminals 40 and 41
■ Last bus module in system:
Bridge A-AX (terminals 30, 33)
03-0330-0139-03/06-BCS-C127312E

Bridge B-BX (terminals 29, 32)


■ GSD-file: BARX2902.gsd

Order no.
07-7331-2304/0000
Technical data subject to change without notice.

84

C127312_207713E.pmd 2 15.11.2006, 11:44


PROFIBUS-Interface 8 x 4 to 20 mA in passive

Technical data Signal range


4 to 20 mA
Construction 4 mA = 655 dec.
Flameproof, clip-on enclosure for TS 35 rail 20 mA = 3276 dec.
Enclosure material Transmission range
High-quality thermoplastic 0 to 25 mA
Protection class Input resistance
Module IP 66 Ri = 100 Ω
Terminals IP 20
Terminals with covers IP 30 Conversion time
PROFIBUS-Interface Terminals
< 1 ms

2.5 mm², fine stranded Resolution


12 bit
Labelling
front panel label for markings Accuracy (with shielded cable)
± 0,2 %
Display
LEDs on front panel Cable monitoring
Features Group error message via bus and
■ 8 Channels Storage temperature contact assembly AC 250 V/3 A/100 VA
-40 °C to +60 °C
■ 12 bit resolution Guidelines/norms/certifications
■ Galvanic isolation Ambient temperature Directive 89/336/EEC
-20 °C to +60 °C Directive 73/23/EEC
■ LED display
Weight Directive 94/9/EC
■ Programmable address on front panel
2.1 kg

Description
Explosion protection
This module allows the connection of ■ Electrical data
8 transmitters to PROFIBUS-DP in the hazardous Ex protection type
Supply voltage
area according to DIN EN 61158-2...6; DIN II 2G EEx de IIC
DC 20 V to DC 30 V
EN 61784-1.. The input signal is transmitted with I M2 EEx de I
12 bit resolution and high-noise immunity. Power consumption
Certification
P = 7.6 W
PTB 97 ATEX 1066 U
Dimensions/mounting positions Power dissipation
PV = 4.1 W
Galvanic isolation
power supply//inputs//bus//electronic
Bus interface
RS 485 with screw-clamping terminals
Display
Bus status ON, BF, SF
Inputs 8 x double LED
LED yellow, sensor active
LED red, open/short circuit

Notes
Wiring diagram/terminal assignment
■ To disable open/short circuit monitoring,
bridge terminals 40 and 41
■ Last bus module in system:
Bridge A-AX (terminals 30, 33)
Bridge B-BX (terminals 29, 32)
03-0330-0283-03/06-BCS-C207713E

■ GSD-file: BARX2902.gsd

Order no.
07-7331-2304/2000
Technical data subject to change without notice.

85

C127312_207713E.pmd 3 15.11.2006, 11:44


PROFIBUS-Interface 8 Transmitter in (8 x 4 to 20 mA, Transmitter in)

Technical data Transmitter power supply


Ua = 15 V at 20 mA
Construction single channels conditionally
Flameproof, clip-on enclosure for TS 35 rail short-circuits-proof
Enclosure material Signal range
High-quality thermoplastics 4 to 20 mA
Protection class 4 mA = 655 dec.
Module IP 66 20 mA = 3276 dec.
Terminals IP 20 Transmission range
PROFIBUS-Interface Terminals with cover IP 30 0 to 25 mA
Terminals Input resistance
2.5 mm², fine stranded Ri = 100 Ω
Features Labelling Conversion time
■ 8 channels front panel label for markings < 1 ms
■ 12 bit resolution Resolution
Display 12 bit
■ Galvanic isolation LEDs on front panel
Accuracy (with shielded cable)
■ LED display Storage temperature ± 0.2 %
■ Programmable address on front panel -40 °C to +60 °C Cable monitoring
Ambient temperature Group error message via bus and
-20 °C to +60 °C contact assembly AC 250 V/3 A/100 V
Description
Guidelines/norms/certifications
This module allows the connection of transmitters Weight
Directive 89/336/EEC
to PROFIBUS-DP in the hazardous area according 2.1 kg
Directive 73/23/EEC
to DIN EN 61158-2...6; DIN EN 61784-1. Two wire Directive 94/9/EC
transmitters can be connected. The input signal
is transmitted with 12 bit resolution and high- ■ Electrical data
noise immunity. Supply voltage
DC 20 V to DC 30 V Explosion protection
Dimensions/mounting positions Power consumption
P = 7.6 W Ex protection type
II 2G EEx de IIC
Power dissipation I M2 EEx de I
PV = 5.1 W
Certification
Galvanic isolation PTB 97 ATEX 1066 U
power supply//inputs//bus//electronic
Bus interface
RS 485 with screw-clamping terminals
Display
Status Bus ON, BF, SF
Inputs 8 x double LED
LED yellow, active
LED red, open circuit/
short circuit

Notes
Wiring diagram/terminal assignment
■ Bridge B/S-terminals 40 and 41 to disable
open/short circuit monitoring
■ Last bus module in system:
Brücke A-AX (terminals 30, 33)
Brücke B-BX (terminals 29, 32)
03-0330-0337-03/06-BCS-C220219E

■ GSD-file: BARX2902.gsd

Order no.
07-7331-2304/3000
Technical data subject to change without notice.
86 3/17

C220219_201612E.pmd 2 15.11.2006, 11:45


PROFIBUS-Interface 4 x digital out Ex e/8 x digital in Ex i (NAMUR)

Description ■ Electrical data


This module can be used for the activation of Supply voltage (L+, L-, U2+, U2-)
encapsulated solenoid valves within the hazard- DC 20 V to DC 30 V
ous area by means of the PROFIBUS with the Power consumption
ability to monitor the end of stroke positions. Four P = 60 W (at max. current output)
valves can be activated, 8 final positions can be Power dissipation
monitored via the inputs for the NAMUR sensors. PV tot. = 3.5 W
The current status and final position are indicated Galvanic isolation
PROFIBUS- by means of LEDs. As additional feature, open or L+, L-//Bus//U2+, U2- output//input
short circuits are monitored for the 8 input NAMUR
Interface channels. Bus interface
Features RS485 with screw-clamping terminals
■ 4 outputs
■ 8 EEx i inputs DIN EN 60947-5-6
Technical data Display
Construction Status ON, BF, SF, U2
■ EMC according to DIN EN 6100-6-3...4,
Flameproof, clip-on enclosure for TS 35 rail Inputs 8 x double LED
DIN EN 6100-6-1...2
LED yellow, damped
■ Galvanic isolation Enclosure material
LED red, open circuit/short circuit
■ LED display High-quality thermoplastics
Outputs 4 x double LED
■ EEx ia/ib Terminals LED yellow, active
■ Programmable address on front panel 2.5 mm², fine stranded Sensors
Protection class 8 NAMUR sensors, mechanical
Dimensions/mounting positions Module IP 66 contacts or others (DIN EN 60947-5-6)
Terminals IP 20 Function
Terminals with cover IP 30 damped/undamped
Labelling open/short circuit detection
front panel label for markings Characteristics
Display UN = 8.2 V
LEDs on front panel Valve/output control
Storage temperature 4 x U2 - 0.2 V/500 mA
-40 °C to +60 °C Guidelines/norms/certifications
Ambient temperature Directive 89/336/EEC
-20 °C to +60 °C Directive 73/23/EEC
Directive 94/9/EC
Weight
2.1 kg
Explosion protection
Ex protection type
Status chart II 2(1)G EEx de [ia] II
Bus message "Error I/O" Certification
Input Databit
Jumper B/S removed Jumper B/S connected PTB 97 ATEX 1066 U
damped 1 0 0
Module TÜV 98 ATEX 1355 X
Type 17-6583-.50/....
For further data see EC model test certification.
un-
0 0 0 Safety data (in)
damped
U0 = 11.8 V
open I0 = 31 mA
1 1 0
circuit
P0 = 90 mW
short L0 = 34 mH (IIC)/130 mH (IIB)
circuit 0 1 0
C0 = 1.5 µF (IIC)/9.9 µF (IIB)

Wiring diagram/terminal assignment Notes


■ Bridge B/S-terminals 40 and 41 to disable
                
6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 9 9 9 9 open/short circuit monitoring
■ Use a 1kΩ/10KΩ resistive coupling
%$57(&
6 6
element type 17-9Z62-0002 for open/short
03-0330-0232-03/06-BCS-C201612E

(([L
9 9 9 9
circuit monitoring during contact scan
352),%86         

       
      
■ Last bus module in system:


[GLJLWDORXW
[GLJLWDOLQ([L %6
Bridge A-AX (terminals 30, 33)
%86
 1$085 ,&
@,D
Bridge B-BX (terminals 29, 32)
9 9
>L
[ $''5(66
[
% $
     
% $
;
%
 
;
$
 
$
3
$
3
8 8 3$ 3$ / /
 

HG
[
■ GSD-file: BARX2305.gsd
    (
(
Order no.
  21 %) 6) 8


 

       8 8 3$ 3$ / / 07-7331-2305/0000
Technical data subject to change without notice.
87

C220219_201612E.pmd 3 15.11.2006, 11:45


PROFIBUS-Interface 4 x digital out Ex i/8 x digital in Ex i (NAMUR)

Description ■ Electrical data


This module can be used for the activation of Supply voltage (L+, L-)
intrinsically safe valves within the hazardous area DC 20 V to DC 30 V
by means of the PROFIBUS with the ability to Power consumption
monitor the end of stroke positions. Four P = 6.5 W
intrinsically safe valves can be activated, 8 final Power dissipation
positions can be monitored via the inputs for the PV tot. = 4.5 W
NAMUR sensors. The current status and final Galvanic isolation
PROFIBUS- position are indicated by means of LEDs. As
additional feature, open or short circuits are
L+, L-//Bus//U2+, U2- output//
input NAMUR
Interface monitored for the 8 input channels. Bus interface
Features RS485 with screw-clamping terminals
■ 4 EEx i outputs Display
Technical data Status ON, BF, SF, U2
■ 8 EEx i inputs DIN EN 60947-5-6
■ EMC according to DIN EN 6100-6-3...4, Construction Inputs 8 x double LED
DIN EN 6100-6-1...2 Flameproof, clip-on enclosure for TS 35 rail LED yellow, damped
■ Galvanic isolation Enclosure material LED red, open circuit/short circuit
■ LED display High-quality thermoplastics Outputs 4 x double LED
■ EEx ia/ib Protection class LED yellow, active
■ Programmable address on front panel Module IP 66 LED red, short circuit
Terminals IP 20 Sensors
Terminals with cover IP 30 8 NAMUR sensors, mechanical
Dimensions/mounting positions contacts or others (DIN EN 60947-5-6)
Terminals
Function
2.5 mm², fine stranded
damped/undamped
Labelling open/short circuit detection
front panel label for markings Characteristics
Display UN = 8.2 V
LEDs on front panel Valve/output control
Storage temperature 4 x DC 22 V (bei U2 ≥ 24 V); Ri = 301 Ω
-40 °C to +60 °C Guidelines/norms/certifications
Ambient temperature Directive 89/336/EEC
-20 °C to +60 °C Directive 73/23/EEC
Directive 94/9/EC
Weight
2.1 kg
Explosion protection
Ex protection type
Status chart II 2(1)G EEx de [ia] IIC
Bus message "Error I/O" Certification
Input Databit PTB 97 ATEX 1066 U
Jumper B/S removed Jumper B/S connected
Module TÜV 98 ATEX 1355 X
damped 1 0 0 Type 17-6583-.51/....
For further data see EC model test certification.
un- Safety data (in)
damped 0 0 0
U0 = 11.8 V Um = 253 V
open P0 = 90 mW I0 = 31 mA
1 1 0 L0 = 34 mH (IIC)/130 mH (IIB)
circuit
short C0 = 1.5 µF (IIC)/9.9 µF (IIB)
circuit 0 1 0 Satety data (out)
U0 = 26.8 V Ri = 301 Ω
P0 = 650 mW Um = 253 V
Wiring diagram/terminal assignment I0 = 97 mA
L0 = 3.9 mH (IIC)/15 mH (IIB)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
C0 = 92 nF (IIC)/720 nF (IIB)
S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6 S7 S8 V1 V2 V3 V4

Notes
BARTEC
S1 S8

■ Bridge B/S-terminals 40 and 41 to disable


03-0330-0146-03/06-BCS-C127597E

EEx i EEx i V1 V2 V3 V4

PROFIBUS 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
+
13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
- + - + - + - + open/short circuit monitoring
4 x digital out Ex i ■ Use a 1kΩ/10KΩ resistive coupling
8 x digital in Ex i BUS B/S element type 17-9Z62-0002 for open/short
(NAMUR)
EEx de [ia] IIC

circuit monitoring during contact scan


24 V
0V
PA
PA
Bx
Ax

ADDRESS
B
A

B
A

x 10
4 6 4
x1
6
25 26 27 28 29 30 32 33 40 41 U2- U2+ PA PA L- L+ ■ GSD-file: BARX2305.gsd
Order no.
ON BF SF U2
07-7331-2305/1000
1 9 1 9

25 26 27 28 29 30 32 33 40 41 U2- U2+ PA PA L- L+
Technical data subject to change without notice.
88

C127597_127486E.pmd 2 15.11.2006, 11:46


PROFIBUS-Interface 8 x 4 to 20 mA out

Description Display
This module is used for the direct output of Status ON, BF, SF, UB2
8 intrinsically safe or non-intrinsically safe 4 to Outputs 8 x double LED
20 mA signals via the PROFIBUS-DP according to LED yellow, output ok
DIN EN 61158-2...6; DIN EN 61784-1. LED red, open circuit/
Status error SF, LED red

Technical data ■ Output data


Construction Supply voltage (U+, U-)
Flameproof, clip-on enclosure DC 20 V to max. DC 30 V
for TS 35 rail Power consumption
PROFIBUS-Interface Enclosure material P = 5.7 W
High-quality thermoplastics Power dissipation
Terminals PV tot = 7.5 W
2.5 mm2, fine stranded Signal range
4 to 20 mA
Protection class
Features Module IP 66 Resolution
■ 8 channels Terminals IP 20 12 bit
■ Outgoing isolator for 4 to 20 mA Terminals with covers IP 30 Quantising
Labelling 3.91 µA/LSB
■ Short-circuit-proof outputs
front panel label for markings Load
■ EEx ia/ib or non-intrinsically safe
Display 0 to 500 Ω
■ 12 bit resolution
LEDs on front panel ■ Response characteristics
■ Galvanic isolation
Storage temperature Basic error
■ LED display -40 °C to +60 °C at TU = 25 °C ± 0.2 %
■ Programmable address on front panel
Ambient temperature Linearity
-20 °C to +60 °C ± 0.2 %
Dimensions/mounting positions Weight Guidelines/norms/certifications
2.1 kg Directive 89/336/EEC
Directive 73/23/EEC
Directive 94/9/EC
■ Electrical data
Supply voltage (L+, L-)
DC 20 V to max. DC 30 V Explosion protection
Power consumption Certification
P = 1.8 W Module PTB 97 ATEX 1066 U
Enclosure TÜV 99 ATEX 1426
Galvanic isolation
Type 17-6583-.6../....
power supply//U+, U- outputs//
For further data see EC model test certification.
bus//electronic
Ex protection type EEx i = Version 0
Bus interface
II 2(1)G EEx de [ia] IIC
RS 485 with screw-clamping terminals
Safety data
Cable monitoring UO = 21.4 V IO = 93.9 mA
Group error message via bus PO = 503 mW
CO = 176 nF (IIC)/1.2 µF (IIB)
LO = 3.4 mH (IIC)/13.9 mH (IIB)
Um= 253 V
Wiring diagram/terminal assignment Ex protection type EEx e = Version 1
II 2G EEx de IIC
                I M2 EEx de I
       

Notes
%$57(&
(([L         [P$
       
■ To disable open/short circuit monitoring,
       

               

352),%86 bridge terminals 40 and 41


03-0330-0140-03/06-BCS-C127486E

[$QDORJRXW ■ Last bus module in system:


%86
% Bridge A-AX (terminals 30, 33)
&
,
@,D Bridge B-BX (terminals 29, 32)
; ; $ $ 9 9 L>
$''5(66 % $ % $ % $ 3 3  
GH

[ [
          8 8 3$ 3$ / / [( ■ GSD-file: BARX2306.gsd
 
 
(
Order no.












 
21
 
%) 6) 8%
  8 8 3$ 3$ / /
07-7331-2306/ 000
Please insert version.
Technical data subject to change without notice.
89

C127597_127486E.pmd 3 15.11.2006, 11:46


PROFIBUS-Interface 4 x RTD in Ex i

Technical data Display


Construction Bus status ON, BF, SF
Flameproof, clip-on enclosure for TS 35 rail Inputs 4 x double LED
Enclosure material LED yellow, sensor aktive
High-quality thermoplastic LED red, open/short circuit
Protection class Measuring range
Enclosure IP 66 Temperature (Pt 100, Pt 1000)
-150 °C to 850 °C
Terminals IP 20
Potentiometer 500 Ω to 5 kΩ
Terminals with cover IP 30
Resistor 0 Ω to 5 kΩ
Terminals
Account
PROFIBUS-Interface 2,5 mm², fine stranded
Labelling
Temperature -1500 to 8500 (dec.)
Potentiometer 0000 to 1000 (dec. 0-100 %)
front panel label for markings Resistor 0000 to 5000 (dec.)
Display Cable resistor
LEDs on front panel R ≤ 50 Ω
Features Storage temperature Accuracy
-40 °C to +60 °C 0.2 %
■ 4 Channels Ambient temperature Temperature drift
■ Pt 100, Pt 1000, Potentiometer, Resistors -20 °C to +60 °C 0.05 %/10 K
■ EEx ia/ib Weight Guidelines/norms/certifications
■ Galvanic isolation 2.1 kg Directive 89/336/EEC
Directive 73/23/EEC
■ LED display Directive 94/9/EC
■ Electrical data
■ Programmable address on front panel
Supply voltage
DC 20 V to DC 30 V Explosion protection
Description Power consumption Ex protection type
P=4W II 2(1)G EEx de [ia] IIC
This modul allows the intrinsically safe Certification
Power dissipation
connection of 4 Pt 100, Pt 1000, resistors or PTB 97 ATEX 1066 U
PV = 4 W
potentiometers at PROFIBUS DP, according to Module TÜV 01 ATEX 1668
Galvanic isolation
DIN EN 61158-2...6; DIN EN 61784-1. The inputs Type 17-6583-.7../....
themselves, power supply and the bus are power supply//inputs (one below the other)
For further data see EC model test certification.
galvanically isolated. //bus//electronic
Safety data
Bus interface U0 = 7.2 V Um = 253 V
RS 485 with screw-clamping terminals I0 = 6 mA P0 = 11 mW
Dimensions/mounting positions Sensor power L0 ≤ 25 mH (IIC)/50 mH (IIB)
200 µA C0 ≤ 1.1 µF (IIC)/5.7 µF (IIB)

Operating mode Response time

4 x Pt 100 380 ms (*1) 320 ms (*2)


4 x Pt 1000 380 ms (*1) 320 ms (*2)
4 x Potentiometer 80 ms (*3)
4 x Resistor 80 ms (*3)
2 x Pt 100 (channel 1 and 2); 2 x Potentiometer (channel 3 and 4) 380 ms (*1) 320 ms (*2)
2 x Pt 100 (channel 1 and 2); 2 x Resistor (channel 3 and 4) 380 ms (*1) 320 ms (*2)
2 x Pt 1000 (channel 1 and 2); 2 x Potentiometer (channel 3 and 4) 380 ms (*1) 320 ms (*2)
2 x Pt 1000 (channel 1 and 2); 2 x Resistor (channel 3 and 4) 380 ms (*1) 320 ms (*2)
all values 0 (dez.)
all values 32767 (dez.)

(* 1) Filter on 50 Hz adjusted
Wiring diagram/terminal assignment
(* 2) Filter on 60 Hz adjusted
            (* 3) Filter on 250 Hz
   

%$57(& Notes
03-0330-0141-03/06-BCS-C127487E

                     ■ last bus modul in system:


352),%86 ([DPSOH
Bridge A-AX (terminals 30, 33)
57'LQ Bridge B-BX (terminals 29, 32)
&
,,@ ■ GSD-file: BARX2307.gsd
$''5(66 % $ % $
[ [
% $ 3$ 3$
9

9

LD>
H
[ [         3$ 3$ / / G[
    ((
Order no.












 
21
 
%) 6)
3$ 3$ / /
07-7331-2307/0000
Technical data subject to change without notice.
90

C127487_127488E.pmd 2 15.11.2006, 11:46


PROFIBUS-Interface 8 x Relay out

■ Electrical data
Supply voltage (L+, L-)
DC 20 V to DC 30 V
Power consumption
P = 3.2 W
Power dissipation
PV tot. = 6 W
Description Galvanic isolation
The MODEX PROFIBUS interface with its 8 relay power supply//bus//electronic//outputs
PROFIBUS-Interface outputs offers volt free switching in zone 1 Ex Bus interface
areas. For example, encapsulated solenoid valves, RS485 with screw clamping terminals
indicator lamps or other certificated devices up
to 6 A can be directly activated. Output states and Display
the bus status messages are indicated by LEDs. Bus status ON, BF, SF
Outputs 8 x LED yellow, active
■ Output data
Features Technical data Output relay
■ 8 channels
Construction 1 changeover contact
■ Relay outputs AC 250 V/DC 100 V
Flameproof, clip-on enclosure for
■ Galvanic isolation TS 35 rail UA Imax.
■ LED display Enclosure material 6.0 A cos phi = 1
AC 250 V (max.)
■ EMV according to DIN EN 6100-6-3...4, High-quality thermoplastics
DC 100 V 0.5 A
DIN EN 6100-6-1...2
Protection class ohmic
■ Programmable address on front panel DC 60 V 1.0 A
Module IP 66
Terminals IP 20 DC 30 V 6.0 A load
Terminals with cover IP 30
Dimensions/mounting positions DC 5 V 6.0 A
Terminals
2.5 mm², fine stranded
Mechanical service life
Labelling 10 million operations
front panel label for markings
Guidelines/norms/certifications
Display Directive 89/336/EEC
LEDs on front panel Directive 73/23/EEC
Storage temperature Directive 94/9/EC
-40 °C to +60 °C
Ambient temperature
-20 °C to +60 °C
Explosion protection
Weight
2.1 kg Ex protection type
II 2G EEx de IIC
I M2 EEx de I
Certification
PTB 97 ATEX 1066 U

Notes
Wiring diagram/terminal assignment
■ Last bus module in system:
Bridge A-AX (terminals 30, 33)
Bridge B-BX (terminals 29, 32)
■ GSD-file: BARX2308.gsd
03-0330-0142-03/06-BCS-C127488E

Order no.
07-7331-2308/0000
Technical data subject to change without notice.

3/18 91

C127487_127488E.pmd 3 15.11.2006, 11:46


PROFIBUS-Interface 8 x Relay out Ex i

■ Electrical data
Supply voltage (L+, L-)
DC 20 V to DC 30 V
Power consumption
P = 3.2 W
Power dissipation
PV tot. = 6 W
Galvanic isolation
PROFIBUS-Interface power supply//bus//electronic//outputs
Bus interface
RS485 with screw clamping terminals
Display
Bus status ON, BF, SF
Description Outputs 8 x LED yellow, active
This module is used for the control of intrinsically ■ Output data
safe actuators in the Ex area Zone 1 via
Features PROFIBUS-DP. It is, for example, possible to Output relay
■ 8 channels directly connect intrinsically safe solenoid valves 1 changeover contact
or indicator lights. LEDs on the front of the max. 40 W
■ Relay outputs, 1 changeover contact
module output bus status as well as output states. max. 4 A
■ Galvanic isolation
Mechanical service life
■ LED display 10 million operations
■ EMV according to DIN EN 6100-6-3...4, Technical data Guidelines/norms/certifications
DIN EN 6100-6-1...2
Construction Directive 89/336/EEC
■ Programmable address on front panel Flameproof, clip-on enclosure for Directive 73/23/EEC
TS 35 rail Directive 94/9/EC
Enclosure material
Dimensions/mounting positions High-quality thermoplastics
Protection class Explosion protection
Module IP 66
Terminals IP 20 Ex protection type
Terminals with cover IP 30 II 2(1)G EEx de [ia] IIC
Terminals Certification
2.5 mm², fine stranded PTB 97 ATEX 1066 U
Module TÜV 99 ATEX 1457
Labelling
Type 17-6583-.8../....
front panel label for markings
For further data see EC model test certification.
Display
LEDs on front panel Electrical data
Um = 253 V
Storage temperature
Maximum value per circuit: Ui = 60 V
-40 °C to +60 °C
The values for total voltage of two relay
Ambient temperature contact circuits, place side by side, must
-20 °C to +60 °C not exceed 60 V. Inductors and capacitors
Weight contained in the sources must not taken
2.1 kg into account!

Notes
Wiring diagram/terminal assignment
■ Last bus module in system:
                        Bridge A-AX (terminals 30, 33)
       
Bridge B-BX (terminals 29, 32)
■ GSD-file: BARX2308.gsd
%$57(&
                       

    [    
5HODLV
03-0330-0278-03/06-BCS-C203185E

352),%86
[5HODLVRXW([L
%86

&
,,@
[ [ $3 $3 9 9

LD>
$''5(66 % $ % $ % $ 
HG
[ [         3$ 3$ / / [(
 
  (
Order no.












 
21
 
%) 6)
3$ 3$ / /
07-7331-2308/1000
Technical data subject to change without notice.

92 3/19

C203185_242722E.pmd 2 15.11.2006, 11:47


PROFIBUS-Interface Counter module

Bus interface
RS485 with screw clamping terminals
Display
Status Bus ON, BF, SF
Inputs 8 x double LED NAMUR
LED yellow, damped
LED red, open/short circuit
Inputs flashing
Counter (2 channel direction dependent)
PROFIBUS-Interface Switching thresold
open circuit < 0.23 mA
damped < 1.2 mA
undamped > 2.1 mA
short circuit > 7.4 mA

Description Transmittable frequency


Switch inputs 100 Hz
This module serves the status recording of diffe- Rotary encoder inputs 1000 Hz
rent actuators in Ex areas by PROFIBUS-DP in
accordance with DIN EN 61158-2...6; DIN
EN 61784-1. ■ Input data
Two channel incremental encoders with a count
rate of up to 1 kHz may be connected. When Supply switch inputs
connecting NAMUR switches or similar signal UN = DC 8.2 V NAMUR
transmitters, the status can be directly evaluated. Supply incremental encoders
Via LEDs, the bus-conventional status signals and UC = DC 8.0 V (max. 100 mA)
input status are displayed. All signal inputs are
realized as NAMUR. Power consumption
Features Pmax. = 8.8 W
■ 3 bidirectional Counter channels
Short-circuit strength
■ 2 undirectional Counter channels Technical data conditionally short-circuit-proof
■ 8 channels for NAMUR sensors Construction Guidelines/norms/certifications
■ Galvanic isolation Flameproof, clip-on enclosure for TS 35 rail Directive 89/336/EEC
■ LED display Directive 73/23/EEC
Enclosure material
■ EEx ia Directive 94/9/EC
High-quality thermoplastics
■ Cable monitoring (only switch inputs) Protection class
■ Group fault signal (only switch inputs) Module IP 66
■ Programmable address on front panel Terminals IP 20 Explosion protection
Terminals with cover IP 30
Ex protection type
Dimensions height x width x depth Terminals II 2G EEx de [ia] IIC
(170 mm x 102 mm x 96 mm) 2.5 mm², fine stranded II 2G EEx de [ib] IIB
Display Certifications
LEDs on front panel PTB 97 ATEX 1066 U
Storage temperature Module TÜV 04 ATEX 2461
-40 °C to +80 °C Safety data
Ambient temperature V0 (NAMUR input) = 9.6 V
-25 °C to +60 °C V0 (Output 100 mA) = 14 V

Weight
2.1 kg Notes
■ Last bus module in system:
Bridge A-Ax (terminals 30, 33)
■ Electrical data Bridge B-Bx (terminals 29, 32)
03-0330-0438-03/06-BCS-C242722E

Supply voltage (L+, L-) ■ To disable open/short circuit monitoring


DC 20 V to DC 30 V bridge terminals 40 and 41.
Power consumption/Power dissipation (Observe the operating manual!)
P = 8.8 W ■ GSD-file: WOTG0826.gsd
Galvanic isolation Order no.
power supply//inputs//bus//electronic
07-7331-2309/0000
Technical data subject to change without notice.

93

C203185_242722E.pmd 3 15.11.2006, 11:47


PROFIBUS-Interface 8 x 4 to 20 mA in HART/4 x 4 to 20 mA in HART/out HART

■ Electrical data
Supply voltage (L+, L-)
DC 20 V to DC 30 V
Power consumption
P = 7.8 W
Power consumption dissipation
PV = 4.9 W
Galvanic isdolation
Power supply//Inputs and circuit//Bus
PROFIBUS-Interface Bus interface
RS485 with terminal screws

Features Display
Technical data Status ON, BF, SF
■ 8 input channels/4 input channels and In-/Outputs 8 x double LED
4 output channels Construction
Flameproof, clip-on enclosure to TS 35 LED yellow, sensor active
■ EEx ia/ib LED red, open loop short circuit
■ 16 bit resolution Enclosure material
High-quality thermoplastic Cable monitoring
■ Galvanic isolation Error message for each channel via bus
■ LED indicators Protection class
Module IP 66 Guidelines/norms/certifications
■ Programmable address on front panel Directive 89/336/EEC
Terminals IP 20
■ HART communication via PROFIBUS Terminals with cover IP 30 Directive 73/23/EEC
Directive 94/9/EC
Terminals
2.5 mm², fine stranded
Description
8 x 4 to 20 mA in HART Labelling
front panel label for markings Explosion protection
This module is used for direct connection of 8 x
4 to 20 mA signals to PROFIBUS-DP in Display Ex protection type
accordance with DIN EN 61158-2...6; DIN LEDs on front panel II 2(1)G EEx de [ia] IIC
EN 61784-1. 2-wire transmitters or active 4 to 20 Certification
Storage temperature
mA signals can be connected. The input signal is PTB 97 ATEX 1066 U
-40 °C to +60 °C
resolved with 16 bits and is transmitted with high Module TÜV 01 ATEX 1724
resistance to interference. Ambient temperature Type 17-6583-.H../....
In addition, communication is possible with -20 °C to +60 °C For further data see EC model test certification.
HART-capable transmitters via a C2 master
connected to the PROFIBUS. Weight Safety data
2.1 kg U0 = 26.7 V
4 x 4 to 20 mA inHart/out HART I0 = 89.9 mA
This module is equipped with 4 x 4 to 20 mA P0 = 600 mW
inputs with the same properties as above and L0 = 5 mH (IIC)/18 mH (IIB)
additional 4 x 4 to 20 mA outputs for normal or C0 = 93 nF (IIC)/720 nF (IIB)
HART-capable actuators. External 4 to 20 mA-signals
Ui = 50 V
Ii = 87.7 mA
Dimensions/mounting positions
03-0330-0285-03/06-BCS-C208351/1E

94

C208351_1_2E.pmd 2 15.11.2006, 11:51


PROFIBUS-Interface 8 x 4 to 20 mA in HART/4 x 4 to 20 mA in HART/out HART

■ Data input/output channels Wiring diagram/terminal assignment 8 x 4 to 20 mA in HART


Signal range                        
       
4 to 20 mA

%$57(&
''ZK
Transmission range
                       
0 to 24 mA
4 mA = 10922 dez. 241(+$75
20 mA = 54612 dez. Z#PCNQIKP
24 mA = 65535 dez. *#46 $75

Z Z 8 8

# #  
Z
#&&4'55 Z
$ # $ # $ # 2 2

Resolution    
        2# 2# . .

16 bit
    10 $( 5(

Precision         2# 2# . .

± 0.1 % (with screened cable)

Wiring diagram/terminal assignment 4 x 4 to 20 mA in HART/out HART


■ Input channel data
                   
Supply for 2-wire transmitter        

Ua = 16 V to 20 mA
%$57(&
''ZK
all channels are short-circuit proof at the
                   
same time 241(+$75
Input resistance Z#PCNQIKP
Z#PCNQIQWV
External 4 to 20 mA-signals: *#46
$75

Ri = 234 Ω + approx. 2 V (3 diodes) #&&4'55 $ # $ #


Z Z
$ #
#
2
#
2 8

8

Z Z
        2# 2# . .
   
Transformation time
< 70 ms     10 $( 5(
        2# 2# . .

■ Output channels
Notes
Output resistance Order no.
Ri = 367 Ω ■ Last bus modul:
07-7331-230H/0000
Bridge A-AX (terminals 30, 33) 8 x 4 to 20 mA in HART
Quantification Bridge B-BX (terminals 29, 32)
366.2 nA/LSB
■ GSD-file: 07-7331-230H/1010
Load BARX2302.gsd (8 x 4 to 20 mA in) 4 x 4 to 20 mA in HART/out HART
< 500 Ω BARX2303.gsd (4 x 4 to 20 mA in/out) Technical data subject to change without notice.
03-0330-0285-03/06-BCS-C208351/2E

95

C208351_1_2E.pmd 3 15.11.2006, 11:51


PROFIBUS Coupler/PROFIBUS Repeater

Technical data
Construction
Flameproof, clip-on enclosure for TS 35
Enclosure material
High-quality thermoplastics
Protection class
Module IP 66
PROFIBUS Coupler Terminals IP 20
Terminals with cover IP 30
PROFIBUS Repeater Terminals
2.5 mm2, fine stranded
Labelling
written marking labels
Displays
LED green Operational readiness
LED green/yellow Bus activity
Ambient temperature
-20 °C to +60 °C
Storage temperature
-20 °C to +70 °C

■ Electrical data
Supply voltage EEx e
DC 20 V - 30 V
Supply voltage EEx i
DC 24 V +/- 10 %
Nominal current input
Features Description max. 140 mA

■ Time flow refresh signal The PROFIBUS couplers and PROFIBUS repeaters Operational readiness indication
have been particularly dimensioned for the LED green
■ PROFIBUS coupler/PROFIBUS
repeater also for hazardous areas of zone 1. industrial requirements of hazardous areas of RS485 interface
zone 1. PROFIBUS-DP, PROFIBUS-IS,
■ Galvanically isolated bus segments for
PROFIBUS-DP and PROFIBUS-IS. PROFIBUS couplers and PROFIBUS repeaters are DIN EN 61158-2...6; DIN EN 61784-1
used for the separation or generation of new
■ Availability of couplers for PROFIBUS-DP Connection resistance
segments, converting the RS485 typical line
as well as for PROFIBUS-IS (intrinsically EEx e PROFIBUS-DP Standard
structure into an open and flexible tree structure.
safe). EEx i PROFIBUS-IS Standard
Downstream stations can be coupled to and de-
coupled from the superior bus system in a non- Input manual connectable
reactive and break/short-circuit tolerant manner, Output Set
even during running bus operation.
Data direction switching
The devices facilitate a duplication of the signal automatic
to realize a redundant connection to a master.
The devices are available as PROFIBUS-DP and Bus activity
as PROFIBUS-IS (intrinsically safe). dynamic
Transmission rate EEx e
Module tasks: Kbit/s- 4, 8/9, 6/19, 2/45, 45/93,
75/187, 5/250/375/500/750
- Separation of bus segments or generation Mbit/s- 1.0/1.5/2.0/3.0/6.0/12.0
03-0330-0415/A-03/06-BCS-C239830/1E

of new segments
- Creation of complex networks in line, Transmission rate EEx i
star and tree structures Kbit/s- 4, 8/9, 6/19, 2/45, 45/93,
75/187, 5/250/375/500/750
- PROFIBUS-conforming regeneration Mbit/s- 1.0/1.5
of the bus signals in amplitude and time
- Increase of station number Transmission rate switchover
manual
- Segment cascading for range increase
- Provision of intrinsically safe bus segments
for EEx i version in acc. with RS485 IS.
96

C239830_1_2E.pmd 2 14.11.2006, 15:23


PROFIBUS Coupler/PROFIBUS Repeater

Guidelines/norms/certifications e. g. function plan for 4 channel


Directive 89/336/EEC
Directive 73/23/EEC DC/DC
Directive 94/9/EC +L +U2
+U2 -U2
-L -U2
FPGA
Weight A1

Module width 30 mm: 180 g +U1 -U1


B1

Module width 75 mm: 250 g Slave Gate 1

Dimensions (height x width x depth) A


A2
B2
94 mm x 30 mm x 91 mm B
Slave Gate 2

94 mm x 75 mm x 91 mm A3

Busmanager
S2
B3
Slave Gate 3

Retiming
+ U1 -U1 A4
Master Gate
Explosion protection Slave Gate 4
B4

Busrate S1
Indication
Ex protection type EEx i
II 2G EEx de [ib] IIC
Certification
Module PTB 97 ATEX 1068 U
Enclosure IBExU05ATEX1074
Type 17-6583-3...
For further data, please refer to the EC type PROFIBUS-DP Coupler - increased safe
examination certificate.

Ex protection type EEx e Name Options Module width Order no.


II 2G EEx de IIC
PROFIBUS-DP Coupler EEx e, 1 output 30 mm 07-7311-93WP/K1NO
For further data, please refer to the Declaration of EC-
Conformity. PROFIBUS-DP Coupler EEx e, 2 outputs 30 mm 07-7311-93WP/K2NO

PROFIBUS-DP Coupler EEx e, 4 outputs 75 mm 07-7311-97WP/K4NO

PROFIBUS-IS Coupler - intrinsically safe

Name Options Module width Order no.

PROFIBUS-IS Coupler EEx i, 1 output 75 mm 07-7311-97WP/K1EO

Dimensions/Mounting positions PROFIBUS-IS Coupler EEx i, 2 outputs 75 mm 07-7311-97WP/K2EO

PROFIBUS-IS Coupler EEx i, 4 outputs 75 mm 07-7311-97WP/K4EO

PROFIBUS-DP Repeater - increased safe

Name Options Module width Order no.

PROFIBUS-DP Repeater EEx e, 2 outputs 30 mm 07-7311-93WP/R2NO

PROFIBUS-DP Repeater EEx e, 4 outputs 75 mm 07-7311-97WP/R4NO


Module width: 30 mm/75 mm
Technical data subject to change without notice.
03-0330-0415/A-03/06-BCS-C239830/2E

97

C239830_1_2E.pmd 3 22.11.2006, 07:04


RS485/PROFIBUS LWL T-coupler family

General data
Construction
Clip-on enclosure to TS 35
Enclosure material
High-quality thermoplastic
Protection class
minimum IP 20
Terminals
2.5 mm2, fine stranded
for Zone 1 Labelling
front panel label for markings
Display
LWL T-coupler family LEDs on front panel
Storage temperature
-40 °C to +70 °C

■ Electrical data
Supply voltage
DC 19.2 V to DC 30 V
Power consumption dissipation
PV = 0.90 W
for Zone 2 and the Galvanic isolation
Non-Ex-areas Bus//power supply//optical waveguide
Bus input/output
Features 2-wire remote bus with screw terminals
■ Devices of the LWL T-coupler family LWL input/output
can be linked together FSMA LWL plug-in connectors or
■ Bridging of great distances ST LWL plug-in connectors

■ Noice-immune signal transmission Wavelength


Dimensions for equipment in Zone 1
850 nm/glass
■ for hazardous and Non-Ex areas
Displays
■ EMV according to DIN EN 6100-6-3...4, operation LED green
DIN EN 6100-6-1...2 active bus LED yellow
■ Galvanic isolation Distance
1400 m; 50.0 µm fibre/glass
Description 2600 m;62.5 µm fibre/glass

The RS485/PROFIBUS LWL T-coupler reroutes


the PROFIBUS from copper conductors to optical
waveguides. The LWL T-coupler is a passive bus
participant.
In plants, the LWL T-coupler allows the bridging
of great distance with PROFIBUS without noice
interference. The LWL T-coupler is installed in Dimensions for equipment in Zone 2
the Ex Zone 1 or in safe areas. and Non-Ex areas
In Zone 1, the electronics for the signal
conversion are accomodated in the flameproof 40 mm

MODEX enclosure. Transmitter and receiver for


03-0330-0394-03/06-BAT-A234374/1E

the LWL-coupler are intrinsically safe headed


during the execution in zone 1. The intrinsically
safe control transmitter and receiver of the
69 mm

electronic system guarantee that the transmitter


rate does not go beyond maximum value limits.
With the LWL T-coupler of zone 2 and in the safe
area the transmission rate is likewise limited, in 93 mm
order to reach a compatibility with the devices of
the Zone 1.

98

A234374_1_2E.pmd 2 14.11.2006, 15:24


RS485/PROFIBUS LWL T-coupler family

for Zone 1 Examples of LWL T-coupler family

Technical data
Ambient temperature
-25 °C to +60 °C
+70 °C: Result warming up measurement
otherwise +60 °C
Weight
600 g
Guidelines/norms/certifications
Directive 89/336/EEC
Directive 73/23/EEC
Directive 94/9/EC
DIN EN 60079-0, DIN EN 60079-1 up to
DIN EN 60079-11 Non-Ex area Zone 2 Zone 1

Explosion protection
Order no. LWL T-coupler
Ex protection type
II 2G EEx de [ib] IIC T-coupler for Zone 1 07-7311-97WP/4000 FSMA
Certification 07-7311-97WP/4010 ST
PTB 97 ATEX 1068 U T-coupler for Zone 2 A7-7311-84WP/4000 FSMA
Module TÜV 99 ATEX 1404 X
A7-7311-84WP/4010 ST
Type 17-1923-1111/....
T-coupler for Non-Ex-areas 07-7312-84WP/4000 FSMA
Further safety data
07-7312-84WP/4010 ST
see EC type examination certificate

for Zone 2 and Non-Ex-areas

Technical data
Ambient temperature
-25 °C to +70 °C
+70 °C: Result warming up measurement
otherwise +60 °C
Weight
250 g
Guidelines/norms/certifications
Directive 89/336/EEC
Directive 73/23/EEC

Explosion protection
Ex protection type
II 3(2) G EEx nA II T4 X
Certification
BARTEC declaration of conformity
03-0330-0394-03/06-BAT-A234374/2E

99

A234374_1_2E.pmd 3 22.11.2006, 07:39


RS485/PROFIBUS LWL Ring-coupler family

General data
Construction
Clip-on enclosure to TS 35
Enclosure material
High-quality thermoplastic
Protection class
minimum IP 20
Terminals
2.5 mm2, fine stranded
Labelling
for Zone 1 front panel label for markings
Display
LEDs on front panel
LWL Ring-coupler family Storage temperature
-40 °C to +70 °C

■ Electrical data
Features Supply voltage
■ Devices of the LWL Ring-coupler family DC 19.2 V to DC 30 V
can be linked together Power consumption dissipation
■ Bridging of great distances PV = 1.50 W
■ Noice-immune signal transmission Galvanic isolation
■ for hazardous and the safe area Bus//power supply//optical waveguide
■ EMV according to DIN EN 60079-1, Bus input/output
DIN EN 6100-6-1...2 for Zone 2 and the 2-wire remote bus with screw terminals
■ Galvanic isolation Non-Ex-areas
LWL input/output
FSMA LWL plug-in connectors or
Description ST LWL plug-in connectors
Dimensions for equipment in Zone 1
Wavelength
The RS485/PROFIBUS LWL Ring-coupler
850 nm/glass
reroutes the PROFIBUS from copper conductors
to optical waveguides. The LWL Ring-coupler is Displays
a passive bus participant. operation LED green
In plants, the LWL Ring-coupler allows the active bus LED yellow
bridging of great distance with PROFIBUS without
noice interference. The LWL Ring-coupler is Distance
installed in the Ex Zone 1 or in the safe area. 1400 m; 50.0 µm fibre/glass
In zone 1, the electronics for the signal conversion 2600 m; 62.5 µm fibre/glass
are accomodated in the flameproof MODEX
enclosure. Transmitter and receiver for the LWL-
coupler are intrinsically safe headed during the
execution in Zone 1. The intrinsically safe control
transmitter and receiver of the electronic system
guarantee that the transmitter rate does not go Dimensions for equipment in Zone 2
beyond maximum value limits. and the safe area
With the LWL Ring-coupler of Zone 2 and in the
safe area the trans-mission rate is likewise
40 mm
limited, in order to reach a compatibility with the
devices of the Zone 1.
03-0330-0392-03/06-BAT-A234372/1E

Configuration
69 mm

According to topology, it is possible to connect


several items of equipment in a ring. A master
(item of equipment) needs to be included in the
93 mm
ring. All the other items of equipment should be
configurated as slaves. The master needs to be
connected to the higher level (e. g. control unit).

100

A234372_1_2E.pmd 2 14.11.2006, 15:25


RS485/PROFIBUS LWL Ring-coupler family

for Zone 1 Examples of LWL Ring-coupler family

Technical data
Ambient temperature
-25 °C to +60 °C
+70 °C: Result warming up measurement
otherwise +60 °C
Weight
600 g
Fault signals
LWL segment fault canal 1 LED yellow
LWL segment fault canal 2 LED red
Guidelines/norms/certification
Directive 89/336/EEC
Directive 73/23/EEC Non-Ex-area Zone 2 Zone 1
Directive 94/9/EC
DIN EN 60079-0, DIN EN 60079-1,
DIN EN 60079-11
Order no. LWL-Ring-coupler

Explosion protection Ring-coupler for Zone 1 07-7311-97WP/5000 Slave FSMA


07-7311-97WP/5010 Slave ST
Ex protection type
II 2G EEx de [ib] IIC 07-7311-97WP/5200 Master FSMA
Certification 07-7311-97WP/5210 Master ST
PTB 97 ATEX 1068 U
Module TÜV 99 ATEX 1404 X 07-7311-97WP/5400 Master/Slave* FSMA
Type 17-1923-1111/....
07-7311-97WP/5410 Master/Slave* ST
Further safety data
see EC type examination certificate Ring-coupler for Zone 2 A7-7311-84WP/5000 Master/Slave* FSMA
A7-7311-84WP/5010 Master/Slave* ST

Ring-coupler for Non-Ex-areas 07-7312-84WP/5000 Master/Slave* FSMA


for Zone 2 and Non-Ex-areas 07-7312-84WP/5010 Master/Slave* ST

Technical data *is configurate through an electrical bridge at the terminal Master/MA

Ambient temperature
-25 °C to +70 °C
+70 °C: Result warming up measurement
otherwise +60 °C
Weight
250 g
Fault signal
LWL segment fault canal 1+2 LED red
Guidelines/norms/certifications
Directive 89/336/EEC
Directive 73/23/EEC

Explosion protection
Ex protection type
03-0330-0392-03/06-BAT-A234372/2E

II 3(2)G EEx nA II T4 X
Certification
BARTEC declaration of conformity

101

A234372_1_2E.pmd 3 22.11.2006, 07:41


RS485/PROFIBUS LWL PP-coupler family

General data
Construction
Clip-on enclosure to TS 35
Enclosure material
High-quality thermoplastic
Protection class
minimum IP 20
Terminals
2.5 mm2, fine stranded
Labelling
for Zone 1 front panel label for markings
Display
LWL PP-coupler family LEDs on front panel
Storage temperature
-40 °C to +70 °C

■ Electrical data
Supply voltage
DC 19.2 V to DC 30 V
Power consumption dissipation
PV = 0.85 W
for Zone 2 and the
Non-Ex areas Galvanic isolation
Bus//power supply//optical waveguide
Features Bus input/output
2-wire remote bus with screw terminals
■ Devices of the LWL PP-coupler family
can be linked together LWL input/output
Dimensions for equipment in zone 1 F-SMA LWL plug-in connectors or
■ Bridging of great distances ST LWL plug-in connectors
■ Noice-immune signal transmission Wavelength
■ for hazardous and Non-Ex areas 850 nm/glass

■ EMV according to DIN EN 60079-1, Displays


DIN EN 6100-6-1...2 operation LED green
active bus LED yellow
■ Galvanic isolation
Distance
1400 m; 50.0 µm fibre/glass
2600 m; 62.5 µm fibre/glass
Description
The RS485/PROFIBUS LWL PP-coupler reroutes
the PROFIBUS from copper conductors to optical
waveguides. The LWL PP-coupler is a passive
bus participant.
In plants, the LWL PP-coupler allows the bridging
of great distance with PROFIBUS without noice Dimensions for equipment in zone 2
interference. The LWL PP-coupler is installed in or Non-Ex area
the Ex Zone 1 or in safe areas.
In Zone 1, the electronics for the signal 20 mm

conversion are accomodated in the flameproof


MODEX enclosure. Transmitter and receiver for
03-0330-0393-03/06-BAT-A234373/1E

the LWL-coupler are intrinsically safe headed


during the execution in zone 1. The intrinsically
69 mm

safe control transmitter and receiver of the


electronic system guarantee that the transmitter
rate does not go beyond maximum value limits.
With the LWL PP-coupler of Zone 2 and in the
safe area the trans-mission rate is likewise 93 mm

limited, in order to reach a compatibility with the


devices of the Zone 1.
102

A234373_1_2E.pmd 2 14.11.2006, 15:26


RS485/PROFIBUS LWL PP-coupler family

for Zone 1 Example of LWL PP-coupler family

Technical data
Ambient temperature
-25 °C to +60 °C
Weight
600 g
Guidelines/norms/certifications
Directive 89/336/EEC
Directive 73/23/EEC
Directive 94/9/EC
DIN EN 60079-0, DIN EN 60079-1,
DIN EN 60079-11
Non-Ex-area Zone 2 Zone 1
Explosion protection
Ex protection type
II 2(2)G EEx de [ib] IIC
Certification Order no. LWL PP-coupler
PTB 97 ATEX 1068 U
PP-coupler for Zone 1 07-7311-97WP/6000 FSMA
Module TÜV 99 ATEX 1404 X
Type 17-1923-1111/.... 07-7311-97WP/6010 ST

Further safety data PP-coupler for Zone 2 A7-7311-82WP/6000 FSMA


see EC type examination certificate A7-7311-82WP/6010 ST

PP-coupler for Non-Ex-areas 07-7312-82WP/6000 FSMA


07-7312-82WP/6010 ST

for Zone 2 and Non-Ex-areas

Technical data
Ambient temperature
-25 °C to +70 °C
Weight
250 g
Guidelines/norms/certifications
Directive 89/336/EEC
Directive 73/23/EEC

Explosion protection
Ex protection type
II 3(2)G EEx nA II T4 X
Certification
BARTEC declaration of conformity
03-0330-0393-03/06-BAT-A234373/2E

103

A234373_1_2E.pmd 3 22.11.2006, 07:38


INTERBUS-Interface 16 x digital out

■ Electrical data
Supply voltage (L+, L-)
DC 20 V to DC 30 V
Power consumption
P=2W
Galvanic isolation
Bus input//electronic and Bus output//
INTERBUS-Interface power supply//outputs
Bus interface
2-wire remote bus with screw-clamping
terminals
Display
Bus status UL, BA, RC, RD
Description Outputs 16 x LED yellow, active
This module allows you to control 16 actuators ■ Output data
in the hazardous area via INTERBUS. For example, Supply voltage
Features encapsulated solenoid valves or indicator lamps DC 24 V (18 to 30 V)
can be directly activated with 24 V/500 mA. Out-
■ 16 channels Power consumption
put and bus status are displayed by LEDs.
P = 240 W (max.)
■ 24 V/500 mA outputs
Power dissipation
■ Direct control of solenoid valves
Technical data PV = 7.5 W
■ Galvanic isolation
Reverse voltage protection
■ LED display Construction
Yes
Flameproof, clip-on enclosure for
■ EMC according to DIN EN 6100-6-3...4, Short circuit protection
TS 35 rail
DIN EN 6100-6-1...2 Yes
Enclosure material
High-quality thermoplastics Output voltage
Dimensions/mounting positions Supply voltage - 0.18 V
Protection class
Module IP 66 Output current
Terminals IP 20 500 mA/canal
Terminals with cover IP 30 ID no. 01
Terminals Guidelines/norms/certifications
2.5 mm², fine stranded Directive 89/336/EEC
Labelling Directive 73/23/EEC
front panel label for markings Directive 94/9/EC
Display
LEDs on front panel
Storage temperature Explosion protection
-40 °C to +60 °C
Ex protection type
Ambient temperature II 2G EEx de IIC
-20 °C to +40 °C I M2 EEx de I
Weight Certification
2.1 kg PTB 97 ATEX 1066 U

Note
Wiring diagram/terminal assignment
■ To activate outgoing remote bus interface,
bridge R and R
03-0330-0132-03/06-BCS-C127305E

Order no.
07-7331-2101/0000
Technical data subject to change without notice!

104

C127305_127306E.pmd 2 15.11.2006, 11:54


INTERBUS-Interface 16 x digital in

■ Electrical data
Supply voltage
DC 20 V to DC 30 V
Power consumption
P=2W
Power dissipation
PV = 5.6 W
INTERBUS-Interface Galvanic isolation
Bus inputs//electronic and Bus outputs//
Description power supply//inputs
Bus interface
With this module 16 digital signals can be 2-wire remote bus with screw-clamping
coupled to InterBus in the hazardous area. Limit terminals
switches and control devices, flameproof
encapsulated, can be connected directly to the Display
module. NAMUR sensors or other signalling Status UL, BA, RC, RD
contacts, which use intrinsically safe circuits, are Inputs 16 x LED yellow
Features connected via isolator amplifiers or barriers. Safe ■ Input data
■ 16 channels galvanic isolation of bus supply and inputs. Bus Switching threshold
■ 24 V inputs and output status are displayed via LEDs. 0 - signal -0 V to +5 V
1 - signal +10 V to +30 V
■ Direct control of limit switches
Power input
■ Galvanic isolation Technical data typ. 5 mA at 24 V
■ LED display min. 4 mA at 20 V
Construction
■ EMC according to DIN EN 6100-6-3...4, Flameproof, clip-on enclosure Reverse voltage protection
DIN EN 6100-6-1...2 for TS 35 rail Yes
Enclosure material ID no. 02
Dimensions/mounting positions High-quality thermoplastics Guidelines/norms/certifications
Protection class Directive 89/336/EEC
Module IP 66 Directive 73/23/EEC
Terminals IP 20 Directive 94/9/EC
Terminals with cover IP 30
Terminals
2.5 mm², fine stranded
Explosion protection
Labelling
Ex protection type
front panel label for markings
II 2G EEx de IIC
Display I M2 EEx de I
LEDs on front panel Certification
Storage temperature PTB 97 ATEX 1066 U
-40 °C to +60 °C
Ambient temperature
-20 °C to +40 °C
Weight
2.1 kg

Note
Wiring diagram/terminal assignment
■ To activate outgoing remote bus interface,
bridge R and R.
03-0330-0133-03/06-BCS-C127306E

Order no.
07-7331-2102/0000
Technical data subject to change without notice!

105

C127305_127306E.pmd 3 15.11.2006, 11:54


INTERBUS-Interface 16 NAMUR in

Description ■ Electrical data


With this module, 16 digital signals can be Supply voltage
coupled to I NTER B US in the hazardous area. DC 20 V to DC 30 V
NAMUR sensors, opto-couplers, mechanical Power consumption
contacts or other actuating elements can be P=6W
connected by means of intrinsically safe Power dissipation
equipment. The bus power supply and the inputs PV = 6 W
are galvanically isolated. The states of the
INTERBUS- individual inputs, the bus status messages and
Galvanic isolation
Bus input//electronic and Bus output//
open circuit/short circuit are indicated by LEDs.
Features
Interface When the module is wired to contacts, cable
power supply//inputs
Bus interface
monitoring can be switched off. 2-wire remote bus with screw-clamping
■ 16 channels
terminals
■ for NAMUR sensors DIN EN 60947-5-6 Technical data Display
■ for mechanical contacts Construction Status UL, BA, RC, RD
■ Galvanic isolation Flameproof, clip-on enclosure Inputs 16 x double LED
■ LED display for TS 35 rail LED yellow, damped
■ EEx ia, ib Enclosure material LED red, open/short circuit
■ Line monitoring (can be disabled) High-quality thermoplastics Sensor power supply
■ Group error message Protection class Ua = 8.2 V
Module IP 66 Switching threshold
Dimensions/mounting positions Terminals IP 20 open circuit < 0.23 mA
Terminals with cover IP 30 damped < 1.2 mA
Terminals undamped > 2.1 mA
2.5 mm², fine stranded short circuit > 7.4 mA
Labelling Transmittable frequency
front panel label for markings 100 Hz
Display Cable monitoring
LEDs on front panel Group error message via bus and contact
Storage temperature assembly AC 230 V/1 A/100 VA
-40 °C to +60 °C ID no. 02
Ambient temperature Guidelines/norms/certifications
-20 °C to +60 °C Directive 89/336/EEC
Weight Directive 73/23/EEC
2.1 kg Directive 94/9/EC

Status chart
Explosion protection
Ex protection type
Input Data bit Bus message "Error I/O"
Jumper B/S removed Jumper B/S connected II 2(1)G EEx de [ia] IIC
Certification
damped 1 no no PTB 97 ATEX 1066 U
Module TÜV 98 ATEX 1356 X
un- Type 17-6583-13../....
damped 0 no no
For further data see EC model test certification.

open Safety data


1 yes no U0 = 12.3 V
circuit
short
I0 = 31.8 mA
circuit 0 yes no P0.= 97.8 mW
L0 = 31 mH (IIC)/115 mH (IIB)
C0 = 1.28 µF (IIC)/8.1 µF (IIB)
Wiring diagram/terminal assignment
Notes
■ To enable the outgoing remote bus
interface, bridge R and R
■ To disable open/short circuit monitoring,
03-0330-0134-03/06-BCS-C127307E

bridge terminals 40 and 41


■ Use a 1 k/10 k resistive coupling element
type 17-9Z62-0002 for open/short circuit
monitoring during contact scan
■ With 9-16 sensors also use external terminals
Order no.
07-7331-2103/0000
Technical data subject to change without notice!
106

C127307_127308E.pmd 2 15.11.2006, 15:59


INTERBUS-Interface 8 transmitter in

Technical data Transmitter power supply


Ua = 15 V at 20 mA
Construction single channels conditionally
Flameproof, clip-on enclosure short-circuit-proof
for TS 35 rail
Signal range
Enclosure material 4 to 20 mA
High-quality thermoplastics 4 mA = 655 dec.
Protection class 20 mA = 3276 dec.
Module IP 66 Transmission range
INTERBUS-Interface Terminals IP 20 0 to 25 mA
Terminals with cover IP 30
Input resistance
Terminals Ri = 100 Ω
2.5 mm², fine stranded
Conversion time
Labelling < 1 ms
front panel label for markings
Resolution
Display 12 bit
Features LEDs on front panel
■ 8 channels Accuracy (with shielded cable)
Storage temperature ± 0.2 %
■ EEx ia/ib -40 °C to +60 °C
■ 12 bit resolution Cable monitoring
Ambient temperature Group error message via bus and contact
■ Galvanic isolation -20 °C to +60 °C assembly AC 230 V/3 A/100 VA
■ LED display
Weight ID no. 50
2.1 kg
Guidelines/norms/certifications
Description Directive 89/336/EEC
■ Electrical data
With this module 8 intrinsically safe transmitters Directive 73/23/EEC
can be coupled to INTERBUS in the hazardous area. Supply voltage (L+, L-) Directive 94/9/EC
Two-wire transmitters can be connected. The 0 to DC 20 V to DC 30 V
25 mA signal is transmitted with 12 bit resolution Power consumption
and high-noise immunity. P = 8.2 W
Explosion protection
Power dissipation
PV = 5.8 W Ex protection type
Dimensions/mounting positions II 2(1)G EEx de [ia] IIC
Galvanic isolation
Bus input//electronic and Bus output// Certification
power supply//inputs PTB 97 ATEX 1066 U
Module TÜV 98 ATEX 1366 X
Bus interface Type 17-6583-14../....
2-wire remote bus with screw-clamping For further data see EC model test certification.
terminals
Safety data
Display U0 = 26 V
Bus status UL, BA, RC, RD I0 < 84.3 mA
Inputs 8 x double LED L0 < 5.3 mH (IIC)/20 mH (IIB)
LED yellow, sensor active C0 = 99 nF (IIC)/770 nF (IIB)
LED red, open/short circuit P0 = 549 mW

Notes
Wiring diagram/terminal assignment
■ To enable the outgoing remote bus interface,
bridge R and R
■ To disable open/short circuit monitoring,
bridge terminals 40 and 41
03-0330-0135-03/06-BCS-C127308E

Order no.
07-7331-2104/0000
Technical data subject to change without notice!

107

C127307_127308E.pmd 3 15.11.2006, 15:59


INTERBUS-Interface 4 x digital out/8 x digital in Ex i (NAMUR)

Description ■ Electrical data


This module can be used for the activation of Supply voltage (L, U2)
encapsulated solenoid valves within the hazard- DC 20 V to DC 30 V
ous area by means of the INTERBUS with the Power consumption
ability to monitor the end of stroke positions. Four P = 64 W (at max. current output)
valves can be activated, 8 final positions can be Power dissipation
monitored via the inputs for the NAMUR sensors. PV = 3.8 W
The current status and final positions are Galvanic isolation
indicated by means of LEDs. As additional feature, L+, L-//Bus input//Bus output//U2 output//
INTERBUS-Interface open/short circuits are monitored for the 8 input
channels.
input NAMUR
Bus interface
Features 2-wire remote bus with screw terminals
Display
■ 4 outputs Technical data Status UL, BA, RC, RD
■ 8 EEx i input DIN EN 60947-5-6 Inputs 8 x double LED
Construction
■ EMC according to DIN EN 6100-6-3...4, LED yellow, damped
Flameproof, clip-on enclosure for
DIN EN 6100-6-1...2 LED red, open/short circuit
TS 35 rail
■ Galvanic isolation Outputs 4 x double LED
Enclosure material LED yellow, active
■ LED display High-quality thermoplastics LED red, short circuit
■ EEx ia/ib Protection class Sensors
Module IP 66 8 NAMUR sensors, mechanical contacts
Terminals IP 20 and others (DIN EN 60947-5-6)
Dimensions/mounting positions
Terminals with cover IP 30 Function
Terminals damped/undamped
2.5 mm², fine stranded open/short circuit detection
Labelling Characteristics
front panel label for markings UN = 8.2 V
Display Valve/output control
LEDs on front panel 4 x U2 -0.2 V/500 mA
ID no. 03
Storage temperature
-40 °C to +60 °C Guidelines/norms/certifications
Directive 89/336/EEC
Ambient temperature Directive 73/23/EEC
-20 °C to +60 °C Directive 94/9/EC
Weight
2.1 kg
Explosion protection
Status chart Ex protection type
Bus message "Error I/O" II 2(1)G EEx de [ia] IIC
Input Data bit
Jumper B/S removed Jumper B/S connected Certification
PTB 97 ATEX 1066 U
damped 1 no no
Module TÜV 98 ATEX 1355 X
Type 17-6583-.50./....
un-
damped 0 no no For further data see EC model test certification.
Safety data (inputs)
open U0 = 11.8 V I0 = 31 mA
1 yes no
circuit
P0 = 90 mW
short L0 = 34 mH (IIC)/130 mH (IIB)
0 yes no
circuit C0 = 1.5 µF (IIC)/9.9 µF (IIB)

Wiring diagram/terminal assignment


Notes
                
6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 9 9 9 9
■ To enable the outgoing remote bus interface,
bridge R and R
03-0330-0233-03/06-BCS-C201613/1E

%$57(& ■ To disable open/short circuit monitoring,


6 6
(([L
9 9 9 9

,QWHU%XV                 
       
bridge terminals 40 and 41
[GLJLWDORXW ■ Use a 1 kΩ/10 kΩ resistive coupling
[GLJLWDOLQ([L %86287 %86,1 %6 element type 17-9Z62-0002 for open/short
 1$085  
,&
@,D
circuit monitoring during contact scan
>L
  '    ' 9 9

2 2 , , 1 2 2 2 , , 1 3$ 3$  
' ' ' '
GH
' ' * ' ' ' *
,'             5 5   8 8 3$ 3$ / / [(
(
Order no.
5' %$ 5& 8/ 8
            5 5   8 8 3$ 3$ / / 07-7331-2105/0000
Technical data subject to change without notice!
108

C201613_127596E.pmd 2 15.11.2006, 11:56


INTERBUS-Interface 4 x digital out Ex i/8 x digital in Ex i

Description ■ Electrical data


This module can be used for the activation of Supply voltage
intrinsically safe valves within the hazardous area DC 20 V to DC 30 V
by means of the INTERBUS with the ability to Power consumption
monitor the end of stroke positions. Four P=7W
intrinsically safe valves can be activated, 8 final Power dissipation
positions can be monitored via the inputs for the PV = 4.8 W
NAMUR sensors. The current status and final Galvanic isolation
positions are indicated by means of LEDs. As Bus input//electronic and Bus output//
power supply//inputs, outputs
INTERBUS-Interface additional feature, open/short circuits are
monitored for the 8 input channels. Bus interface
2-wire remote bus with screw terminals
Features Technical data Display
Construction Status UL, BA, RC, RD
■ 4 EEx i outputs
Flameproof, clip-on enclosure for Inputs 8 x double LED
■ 8 EEx i input DIN EN 60947-5-6 LED yellow, damped
TS 35 rail
■ EMC according to DIN EN 6100-6-3...4, LED red, open/short circuit
DIN EN 6100-6-1...2 Enclosure material Outputs LED yellow, active
High-quality thermoplastics LED red, short circuit
■ Galvanic isolation
Protection class Sensors
■ LED display
Module IP 66 8 NAMUR sensors, mechanical contacts
■ EEx ia/ib Terminals IP 20 and others (DIN EN 60947-5-6)
Terminals with cover IP 30 Function
Dimensions/mounting positions damped/undamped
Terminals
2.5 mm², fine stranded open/short circuit detection
Characteristics
Labelling UN = 8.2 V
front panel label for markings Valve/output control
Display 4 x DC 22 V (at U2 ≥ 24 V); Ri = 301 Ω
LEDs on front panel ID no. 03
Storage temperature Guidelines/norms/certifications
-40 °C to +60 °C Directive 89/336/EEC
Directive 73/23/EEC
Ambient temperature Directive 94/9/EC
-20 °C to +60 °C
Weight Explosion protection
2.1 kg
Ex protection type
II 2(1)G EEx de [ia] IIC
Certification
Status chart PTB 97 ATEX 1066 U
Module TÜV 98 ATEX 1355 X
Input Data bit Bus message "Error I/O"
Jumper B/S removed Jumper B/S connected
Type 17-6583-.51./....
For further data see EC model test certification.
damped 1 no no Safety data (inputs)
U0 = 11.8 V I0 = 31 mA
un- P0 = 90 mW
damped 0 no no
L0 = 34 mH (IIC)/130 mH (IIB)
C0 = 1.5 µF (IIC)/9.9 µF (IIB)
open
circuit
1 yes no Safety data (outputs)
U0 = 26.8 V I0 = 97 mA
short P0 = 650 mW Ri = 301 Ω
0 yes no
circuit
L0 = 3.9 mH (IIC)/15 mH (IIB)
C0 = 92 nF (IIC)/720 nF (IIB)
Wiring diagram/terminal assignment
                       
Notes
6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 9 9 9 9
■ To enable the outgoing remote bus interface,
bridge R and R
03-0330-0145-03/06-BCS-C127596E

%$57(& 6
(([L
6
(([L
9 9 9 9
■ To disable open/short circuit monitoring,
,QWHU%XV            

           
        bridge terminals 40 and 41
[GLJLWDORXW([L
[GLJLWDOLQ([L
■ Use a 1 kΩ/10 kΩ resistive coupling
%6
%86287 %86,1

 1$085 ,&


@,D
element type 17-9Z62-0002 for open/short
    '     '
, ,
'2 '2 ' ' 1
, ,
'2 '2 ' ' 1
9 9
3$ 3$   >L
* *
GH circuit monitoring during contact scan
,'             5 5   8 8 3$ 3$ / / [(
(
Order no.
5' %$ 5& 8/ 8
            5 5   8 8 3$ 3$ / / 07-7331-2105/1000
Technical data subject to change without notice!
109

C201613_127596E.pmd 3 15.11.2006, 11:56


INTERBUS-Interface 8 analog out

Description Display
This module allows the output of 8 intrinsically Status UL, BA, RC, RD
safe 4 to 20 mA signals via INTERBUS. Outputs 8 x double LED
Status error SF, red
UB2 green
Technical data Cable monitoring
Construction Group error message via bus
Flameproof, clip-on enclosure for TS 35 rail
■ Output data
Enclosure material Supply voltage (U+, U-)
INTERBUS-Interface High-quality thermoplastics DC 20 V to max. DC 30 V
Protection class Power consumption
Module IP 66 P = 5.7 W
Terminals IP 20 Power dissipation
Terminals with cover IP 30 PV tot.= 7.5 W
Terminals Signal range
Features 2.5 mm², fine stranded 4 to 20 mA
■ 8 channels Resolution
Labelling
■ Outgoing isolator for 4 to 20 mA front panel label for markings 12 bit
■ Short-circuit-proof outputs Quantising
Display 3.91 µA/LSB
■ EEx ia/ib LEDs on front panel
■ 12 bit resolution Load
Storage temperature 0 to 500 Ω
■ Galvanic isolation -40 °C to +60 °C
■ LED display ■ Response characteristics
Ambient temperature
-20 °C to +60 °C Basic error
Dimensions/mounting positions at TU = 25 °C ± 0.2 %
Weight
2.1 kg Linearity
± 0.2 %
ID no. 49
■ Electrical data
Guidelines/norms/certifications
Supply voltage (L+, L-)
Directive 89/336/EEC
DC 20 V to max. DC 30 V
Directive 73/23/EEC
Power consumption Directive 94/9/EC
P = 1.8 W
Galvanic isolation
power supply//outputs//UB2//bus input// Explosion protection
bus output Ex protection type
II 2(1)G EEx de [ia] IIC
Bus interface
2-wire remote bus with screw-clamping Certification
PTB 97 ATEX 1066 U
terminals
Module TÜV 99 ATEX 1426 X
Type 17-6583-.6../....
For further data see EC model test certification.
■ Safety data
U0 = 21.4 V
Wiring diagram/terminal assignment IO = 93.9 mA
P0 = 503 mW (linear characteristic)
L0 = 3.4 mH (IIC)/13.9 mH (IIB)
C0= 176 nF (IIC)/1.2 µF (IIB)
Um= 253 V

Notes
03-0330-0143-03/06-BCS-C127594E

■ To enable outgoing remote bus interface,


bridge R and R
■ To disable open/short circuit monitoring,
bridge terminals 40 and 41

Order no.
07-7331-2106/0000
Technical data subject to change without notice!
110

C127594_128019E.pmd 2 15.11.2006, 10:33


INTERBUS-Interface 8 x Relay out

■ Electrical data
Supply voltage (L+, L-)
DC 20 V to DC 30 V
Power consumption
P = 3.2 W
Power dissipation
PV = 6 W
Galvanic isolation
Bus input//electronic and bus output//
INTERBUS-Interface power supply//outputs
Bus interface
2-wire remote bus with screw-clamping
Description terminals
The MODEX INTER BUS interface with its 8 relay Display
outputs offers volt free switching in zone 1 Ex Status UL, BA, RC, RD
areas. For example, encapsulated solenoid valves, Outputs 8 x LED yellow, active
Features indicator lamps or other certificated devices up
■ Output data
to 6 A can be directly activated. Output states and
■ 8 channels the bus status messages are indicated by LEDs. Output relay
1 changeover contact
■ Relay outputs AC 250 V/DC 100 V
■ Galvanic isolation Technical data UA Imax.
■ LED display Construction AC 250 V (max.) 6.0 A cos phi = 1
■ EMC according to DIN EN 6100-6-3...4: Flameproof, clip-on enclosure DC 100 V 0.5 A
DIN EN 6100-6-1...2 for TS 35 rail DC 60 V 1.0 A ohmic
Enclosure material DC 30 V 6.0 A load
Dimensions/mounting positions High-quality thermoplastics DC 5 V 6.0 A
Protection class
Module IP 66 Mechanical life
Terminals IP 20 10 million operations
Terminals with cover IP 30
ID no. 01
Terminals
2.5 mm², fine stranded Guidelines/norms/certifications
Labelling Directive 89/336/EEC
front panel label for markings Directive 73/23/EEC
Directive 94/9/EC
Display
LEDs on front panel
Storage temperature Explosion protection
-40 °C to +60 °C
Ex protection type
Ambient temperature II 2G EEx de IIC
-20 °C to +60 °C I M2 EEx de I
Weight Certification
2.1 kg PTB 97 ATEX 1066 U

Note
Wiring diagram/terminal assignment
■ To enable the outgoing remote bus interface,
bridge R and R
03-0330-0150-03/06-BCS-C128019E

Order no.
07-7331-2108/0000
Technical data sucbject to change without notice!

111

C127594_128019E.pmd 3 15.11.2006, 10:33


PROFIBUS Interface Terminator

Technical data
Enclosure material
High-quality thermoplastics
Protection class
Module IP 66/IEC 60529
Terminals IP 20/IEC 60529
Terminals
2.5 mm2, fine stranded
Mounting rail
TS 35 x 7.5 (15) DIN EN 60715

Terminator Labelling
front panel label for markings
Storage temperature
-40 °C to +70 °C
Ambient temperature
-20 °C to +60 °C
Weight
0.250 kg

■ Electrical data
Supply voltage
DC 20 V to 30 V
Description
Power consumption
The PROFIBUS Interface Terminator is an active Ptot. = 0.3 W
bus terminator. Its essential benefit is the fact that
Guidelines/norms/certifications
bus devices can be switched off, removed or
Directive 89/336/EEC
replaced without impairing data transfer. This
Directive 94/9/EC
especially applies to bus devices on both ends of
the bus line through which terminal resistances
previously had to be switched and supplied.

Dimensions/mounting position Explosion protection


Ex protection type
II 2G EEx de IIC
I M2 EEx de I
Certification
PTB 97 ATEX 1068 U

Module width: 75 mm

Wiring diagram/terminal assigment

. . . .
8

10
EEx de IIC
II 2G''ZFG++%
03-0330-0282-03/06-BCS-C206448E

Ordner no.
5JNF

$ # 2# 2# 07-7311-93WP/0000
Technical data subject to change without notice!
112

C206448_200057E.pmd 2 15.11.2006, 16:01


Ω /10 kΩ
1 kΩ Ω resistive coupling element

Technical data
Resistance
1 kΩ/0.6 W
10 kΩ/0.6 W
Terminals
1.5 mm2
Connection cable
0.75 mm2
Supply voltage
max. DC 20 V
Ambient temperature
Resistive coupling element +60 °C

Application
Open/short circuit monitoring for isolator
amplifiers with contact control.

UB Isolator amplifier
Trennschalt-
verstärker
Wiring diagram Description
The 1 kΩ/10 kΩ resistive coupling element is ~ ~ Cable
Leitungand
mit sub-
Unterverteilern
used to monitor open and short circuits in isolator distribution

amplifier circuits controlled by mechanical


Widerstands-
contacts. The coupling element is installed directly koppelglied
Resistive
am Sensor coupling element
to the control contact or inside its terminal box. mounted
montiert on sensor

Function
Numerous isolator amplifiers can monitor the
Sensor mit
connected sensor line for open or short circuit Sensor and contact for
Kontakt zur
conditions thanks to the employment of electro- monitoring
Überwachung

nic proximity switches to which current can be


applied in both damped and undamped status
(DIN 19234). Current values outside the specified Installation
range are identified as open or short circuits. for example, in the sensor terminal box
Dimensions If simple mechanical contacts are used, it is not
possible to identify a short circuit. Neither can be
distinguished between open circuit and open con-
tact. This problem can be solved by installing a Sensor
resistor combination at the end of the sensor line terminal box
immediately before the switch.
This combination provides a closed-circuit cur-
rent even when the contacts is open. At closed
contact it restricts the current to a value which lies
clearly below the response threhold for short
to isolator amplifier
circuit.

The resistive coupling element can be used with


Four states can be detected: all isolator amplifiers featuring open and short
■ open circuit (broken cable) circuit monitoring, e.g.
■ open switch
03-0330-0178-06/06-BCS-C200057E

BARTEC
■ closed switch CEAG
■ short circuit Hartmann & Braun
Pepperl + Fuchs

Order no.
17-9Z62-0002
Technical data subject to change without notice!

113

C206448_200057E.pmd 3 22.11.2006, 07:19


Automation in the field

Automation in the field Ex 750i

Features The keyword is combination


You have measuring and control circuits of
■ measuring, controlling, regulation various explosion protection types and you wish
■ all signals to connect them together by means of a system.
■ outside explosion hazard zones We offer the solution by combining explosion
hazard types. This means:
■ Zone 2, 1 and 0
■ complete interconnection in the field ■ flexibility, function and safety
without determination of the field bus type ■ for intrinsically safe electrical circuits
■ free combination of I/Os, Ex, e, m, i, etc. ■ for consumers with high energy consumption
free combination of I/Os, Ex, e, m, i, etc.

Description
As versatile as your requirements
It does not matter what you are measuring, controlling or regulating. The block or disc design for the
various modules guarantees the required modularity.

Open and flexible


The Ex 750i is pure flexibility:
You are field bus independent and plan and install only those channels that you actually need.
The field bus couplers make the I/O level independent of the field bus in use.
The range allows any combination and optimum numbers of connected participants. You are prepared
for the future with the field-bus couplers, independent of future developments. With a new field bus
coupler you continue using your I/Os.

Ex or non-Ex
The WAGO/BARTEC combination will always provide you with the best alternatives possible. No mat-
ter whether you are installing outside of the explosion hazard zone or in zone 1 or in zone 2, whether
you measure, control or regulate anywhere between zone 0 and non-Ex, you always find the optimum
solution.
03-0330-0298-03/06-BCS-C217103E

114

C217103_217104E.pmd 2 14.11.2006, 15:33


Ex 750i Power supply terminal for intrinsically safe bus terminals

■ Electrical data
Supply voltage
DC 24,7 V (-15%, +20%)
Power consumption
P = 15 W
Power dissipation
PV = 3 W
Ex 750i Galvanic isolation
Power supply terminal Input voltage//output voltage

for intrinsically safe Display


LED green operation voltage output
bus terminals Output voltage
DC 24 V
Output current
Features Description 500 mA (max.)

■ Changeable fuse Power supply terminals provide the power supply Guidelines/norms/certifications
of the bus modules with intrinsically safe inputs Directive 89/336/EEC
■ LED display
and outputs. Directive 73/23/EEC
■ Galvanic isolation A LED display the presence to the output voltage. Directive 94/9/EC
The power supply terminal is applied in our field DIN EN 60079-0, DIN EN 60079-11,
bus system Ex 750i. DIN EN 60079-15

Dimensions/mounting positions Technical data Explosion protection


Construction Ex protection type
68 Clip-on enclosure for TS 35 rail II 3G EEx nA II T4
Enclosure material Certification
High-quality thermoplastics TÜV 02 ATEX 1875 X
For further date see EC model test certification.
Protection class
IP 20 Safety data
(Power electric circuit)
Terminals
100

U = DC 20.4 to 28.8 V
Cage Clamp®
Um = 253 V
0.08 at 2.5 mm², AWG 28 to 14;
8 to 9 mm stripped length
Labelling
48
front panel label for markings
Display
LEDs on front panel
Storage temperature
Wiring diagram/terminal assignment -25 °C to +85 °C
Ambient temperature
Status of
supply 0 °C to +55 °C
voltage
Input Weight
Output
Supply voltage
approx. 200 g
Data contacts
from power
supply terminal
over power
supply contacts
24 V
03-0330-0299-03/06-BCS-C217104E

0V

Uv

Power supply
contacts
Order no.
A7-7375-6000
Technical data subject to change without notice.

115

C217103_217104E.pmd 3 14.11.2006, 15:33


Ex 750i Input terminal analogue in EEx i, 0 to 20 mA

■ Electrical data
Supply voltage
DC 24,7 V from power supply terminal
(Type 07-7375-6000)
over power supply contacts
Power consumption
P = 1.5 W
Ex 750i Input terminal Power dissipation
PV = 0.9 W
analogue in Galvanic isolation
Power supply (24 V) and inputs//bus
Bus interface
internal bus
Display
Fault, Function
Transmitter power supply
Ua = 16 V at 20 mA
single channels conditionally
Features Description short-circuits-proof

■ EEx ia/ib Signal range


This module allows the connection of 2 intrin-
0 to 20 mA
■ 12 bit resolution sically safe transmitter to the field bus system
Ex 750i. Two-wire transmitters can be connected. Input resistance
■ Galvanic isolation
The input signal is transmitted with 12 bit Ri < 100 Ω
■ LED display resolution and high-noise immunity.
Conversion time
< 2 ms
Dimensions/mounting positions Technical data Resolution
68 Construction 12 bit
Clip-on enclosure for TS 35 rail Accuracy
Enclosure material ± 0.2 %
High-quality thermoplastic Guidelines/norms/certifications
Protection class Directive 89/336/EEC
IP 20 Directive 73/23/EEC
Directive 94/9/EC
100

Terminals DIN EN 60079-0, DIN EN 60079-11,


Cage Clamp® DIN EN 60079-15
0.08 at 2.5 mm², AWG 28 to 14;
8 to 9 mm stripped length
Explosion protection
Labelling
24 front panel label for markings Ex protection type
II 3(2)GD EEx nA [ib] IIC/IIB T4
Display
LEDs on front panel Certification
TÜV 02 ATEX 1875 X
Storage temperature
Wiring diagram/terminal assignment For further data see EC model test certification.
-25 °C to +85 °C
Safety data
Ambient temperature
Intrinsic safe circuit (terminal 1, 3, 5, 7)
Function Al 1 Function Al 2 0 °C to +55 °C
Fault Al 1 Fault Al 2 Maximum values of each circuit
Data contacts Weight (characteristic line: linear)
Uv 1 approx. 105 g U0 = 27.3 V
Uv 2
I0 = 90 mA
03-0330-0300-03/06-BCS-C217105E

P0 = 0.61 W
L0 = 18 mH (IIB)/5 mH (IIC)
C0 = 680 nF (IIB)/88 nF (IIC)
Al 1 Al 2

Shield Shield
(screen)
Power supply contacts Order no.
A7-7375-4100
Technical data subject to change without notice.

116

C217105_242720E.pmd 2 14.11.2006, 15:33


EX 750i Input terminal for RTDs, 2 channel analogue EEx i

Sensor types (setting over software)


Resistance thermometer:
Pt 100 (factory reset)
Pt 200, Pt 500, Pt 1000, Ni 100, Ni 120,
Ni 1000
Resistance measuring: 1.2 kΩ, 5 kΩ
Potentiometer: 1.2 kΩ resp. 5 kΩ
Ex 750i Input terminal for RTDs, Sensor connection
(0...100 %)

2 channel analogue EEx i 3 wire (factory reset) or 2 wire


Temperature range
Pt -200 °C to +850 °C
Description Ni -60 °C to +250 °C
Ni120 -80 °C to +320 °C
The analogue input module processes signals
Resolution (over whole range)
from resistance sensors that are operating in
0.1 °C, 0.1 Ω, 0.1 %
hazardous environments of zone 0 and 1. It allows
the connection of Pt and Ni resistance sensor or Conversion time
potentiometers. 150 ms to 500 ms per channel
Measuring error
Features 25 ° < +/- 0.2 % of full scale value
Technical data
■ Parameters via Software Temperature coefficient
Construction < +/- 0.01 %/K of full scale value
■ LED display Clip-on enclosure for TS 35 rail
■ EEx ia/ib Power consumption
Enclosure material Pmax. = 0.45 W
■ Galvanic isolation High-quality thermoplastic
Power dissipation
Protection class PV = 0.45 W
IP 20
Dimensions/mounting positions Bit width
Terminals 2 x 16 bits data
68 Cage Clamp® 2 x 8 bits control/status (option)
0.08 at 2.5 mm², AWG 28 to 14;
8 to 9 mm stripped length Dimensions (height x width x depth)
24 mm x 64 mm* x 100 mm
Labelling (* from upper edge of 35 DIN rail)
front panel label for markings
Guidelines/norms/certifications
Display Directive 89/336/EEC
LEDs on front panel Directive 73/23/EEC
100

Storage temperature Directive 94/9/EC


-25 °C to +85 °C DIN EN 60079-0, DIN EN 60079-11,
DIN EN 60079-15
Ambient temperature
0 °C to +55 °C
24 Weight
approx. 105 g Explosion protection
Ex protection type
■ Electrical data II 3(1)GD EEx nA [ib] IIC/IIB T4
Wiring diagram/terminal assignment Number of inputs Certifications
2 TÜV 02 ATEX 1875 X
For further data see EC model test certification.
Function Al 1 Function Al 2 Supply voltage
Fault Al 1 Fault Al 2
DC 24.7 V from power supply terminal Safety data
Data contacts
(Type A7-7375-6000) Intrinsically safe circuits
2 wire 3 wire
+R I
+RL 2 over power supply contacts U0 = 7.2 V
I0 = 5.8 mA
Current consumption (internal)
03-0330-0436-03/06-BCS-C242720E

P0 = 10.5 mW, characteristic line: linear


25 mA L0 = 1 H (IIB)/0.9 mH (IIC)
+RL I RL 2 RL Power input (24 V) C0 = 240 µ F (IIB)/13.5 µ F (IIC)
Shield Shield
12 mA
(screen) (screen)
-R1 -R2 Measurement current
Power contacts < 0.5 mA Order no.
Delivery without miniature WSB
A7-7375-4110
Technical data subject to change without notice.

117

C217105_242720E.pmd 3 14.11.2006, 15:33


Ex 750i Input terminal digital in EEx i DIN 19234/NAMUR; 1 channel with diagnostics

Galvanic isolation
Power supply (24 V) and inputs//bus
Bus interface
internal bus
Ex 750i Input terminal Display
Fault, function
digital in LED red open circuit/short circuit
LED green signal power (0) LED off
signal power (1) LED on
Supply voltage sensor
Ua = 8.2 V
Signal power (0)
≤ 1.2 mA
Features Description Signal power (1)
≥ 2.1 mA
■ for NAMUR sensors EN 60947-5 This module allows the connection of intrinsically
and EN 60947-6 safe digital signals to the field bus system Switching hysteresis
Ex 750i. NAMUR sensors, optocouplers, 0.2 mA
■ for mechanical contacts
mechanical contacts or other actuating elements Transmittable frequency
■ Galvanic isolation can be connected by means of intrinsically safe 100 Hz
equipment.
■ LED display Status and fault conditions are displayed with Input filter
■ EEx ia/ib LEDs. 3 msec
Line breakage monitoring
Dimensions/mounting positions Technical data Breakage < 0.2 mA/termination > 6.4 mA
Guidelines/norms/certifications
68
Construction
Directive 89/336/EEC
Clip-on enclosure for TS 35 rail
Directive 73/23/EEC
Enclosure material Directive 94/9/EC
High-quality thermoplastic DIN EN 60079-0, DIN EN 60079-11,
DIN EN 60079-15
Protection class
IP 20
Terminals
100

Cage Clamp®
0.08 at 2.5 mm², AWG 28 to 14;
8 to 9 mm stripped length Explosion protection
Labelling Ex protection type
front panel label for markings II 3(1)GD EEx nA [ia] IIC/IIB T4
12
Display Certifications
LEDs on front panel TÜV 02 ATEX 1875 X
For further data see EC model test certification.
Storage temperature
Wiring diagram/terminal assignment -25 °C to +85 °C Safety data
Intrinsic safe circuit (terminal 1, 4)
Ambient temperature Maximum values of each circuit
0 °C to +55 °C (characteristic line: linear)
Status DI 1 Weight U0 = 12 V
Fault DI 1
approx. 55 g I0 = 16 mA
Data contacts
P0 = 48 mW
L0 = 560 mH (IIB)/180 mH (IIC)
DI
■ Electrical data C0 = 9 µF (IIB)/1,4 µF (IIC)

Supply voltage
03-0330-0301-03/06-BCS-C217106E

DC 24.7 V from power supply terminal


(Type A7-7375-6000)
over power supply contacts
Power consumption
P = 0,45 W
Uv
Power dissipation Order no.
Power supply contacts
PV = 0,4 W A7-7375-4200
Technical data subject to change without notice.
118 63

C217106_242721E.pmd 2 14.11.2006, 15:34


EX 750i Input terminal 2 channels digital, NAMUR, EEx i

■ Electrical data
Number of inputs
2

Ex 750i Input terminal Current consumption (internal)


25 mA
2 channels digital, NAMUR, EEx i Supply voltage
DC 24.7 V from power supply terminal
(Type A7-7375-6000)
over power supply contacts
Supply voltage sensor
Uv = DC 8.2 V
Signal power
Features Description (0) < 1,2 mA
(1) > 2,1 mA
■ for NAMUR sensors EN 60947-5 The digital input module receives the binary from
and EN 60947-6 sensors operating in hazardous environments of Switching hysteresis
zone 0 and 1. NAMUR sensors, optocouplers, 0,2 mA
■ for mechanical contacts
mchanical contacts or other actuating elements Input filter
■ Galvanic isolation can be connected by means of approved 3 msec
intrinsically safe devices.
■ LED display Current consumption (field side)
The module has to be installed in zone 2 or in
■ EEx ia/ib non-hazardous environments. Each sensor is max. 16 mA
supplied with a short-circuit-protected supply.
Power consumption
Pmax. = 0.4 W
Dimensions/mounting positions Technical data Power dissipation
PV = 0.4 W
68 Construction
Clip-on enclosure for TS 35 rail Internal bit width
2 Bit
Enclosure material
High-quality thermoplastic Guidelines/norms/certifications
Directive 89/336/EEC
Terminals
Directive 73/23/EEC
Cage Clamp® 0.08 at 2.5 mm²,
Directive 94/9/EC
AWG 28 to 14; 8 to 9 mm stripped length
DIN EN 60079-0, DIN EN 60079-11,
100

Labelling DIN EN 60079-15


front panel label for markings
Display
LEDs on front panel Explosion protection
12 Protection class Ex protection type
IP 20 II 3(1)GD EEx nA [ia] IIC/IIB T4
Storage temperature Certifications
-25 °C to +85 °C TÜV 02 ATEX 1875 X
Wiring diagram/terminal assignment
Ambient temperature For further data see EC model test certification.
0 °C to +55 °C Safety data
Dimensions (Width x Height x Depth) U0 = 12 V
Status DI 1 Status DI 2 12 mm x 64 mm x 100 mm I0 = 13.5 mA
Data contacts
P0 = 40.5 mW, characteristic line: linear
Vibration resistance L0 = 190 mH (IIC)/600 mH (IIB)
according to IEC 60068-2-6 C0 = 1.4 µF (IIC)/9 µF (IIB)
DI
DI 1 DI 2

Shock resistance
according to IEC 60068-2-27
03-0330-0437-03/06-BCS-C242721E

Relative air humidity


95 % no condensation
Weight
approx. 55 g
Uv
Uv 1 Uv 22
Uv
EMC
Power supply contacts Immunity to interference DIN EN 61000-6-2 Order no.
Delivery without miniature WSB
Emission of interference DIN EN 61000-6-4 A7-7375-4210
Technical data subject to change without notice.

62 119

C217106_242721E.pmd 3 14.11.2006, 15:34


Ex 750i Output terminal analog out 0 to 20 mA

■ Electrical data
Supply voltage
DC 24.7 V from power supply terminal
(Type A7-7375-6000)
over power supply contacts
Power consumption
P = 1.5 W
Power dissipation
Ex 750i Output terminal PV tot. = 0.9 W

analog out Galvanic isolation


Power supply (24 V) and outputs//bus
Bus interface
internal bus
Display
Function
Features Description Signal range
■ Short-circuit-proof outputs 0 to 20 mA
This module allows the output of 2 intrinsically
■ EEx ia/ib safe 0 to 20 mA signals via field bus system Conversion time
■ 12 bit resolution Ex 750i. < 2 ms
■ Galvanic isolation Resolution
■ LED display 12 bit
Load
< 500 Ω
Dimensions/mounting positions Technical data Basic error
Construction at TU = 25 °C ± 0.2 %
68 Clip-on enclosure for TS 35 rail
Linearity
Enclosure material ± 2 LSB
High-quality thermoplastic
Guidelines/norms/certifications
Terminals Directive 89/336/EEC
Cage Clamp® Directive 73/23/EEC
0.08 at 2.5 mm², AWG 28 to 14; Directive 94/9/EC
100

8 to 9 mm stripped length DIN EN 60079-0, DIN EN 60079-11,


DIN EN 60079-15
Protection class
IP 20
Labelling
24 front panel label for markings Explosion protection
Display Ex protection type
LEDs on front panel II 3(2)GD EEx nA [ib] IIC/IIB T4
Storage temperature Certification
Wiring diagram/terminal assignment -25 °C to +85 °C TÜV 02 ATEX 1875 X
For further data see EC model test certification.
Ambient temperature
0 °C to +55 °C Safety data
Function Function AO 2
Intrinsic safe circuit (terminal 1, 3, 5, 7)
Weight
AO 1 (LED) Maximum values of each circuit
approx. 105 g
Data contact (characteristic line: linear)
U0 = 27.3 V
AO 1
AO 2 I0 = 57.5 mA
P0 = 392 mW
L0 = 56 mH (IIB)/11 mH (IIC)
03-0330-0302-03/06-BCS-C217107E

C0 = 680 nF (IIB)/88 nF (IIC)

OV

Shield
(screen) Shield (screen)
Power supply
Order no.
contacts
A7-7375-5100
Technical data subject to change without notice.

120

C217107_217108E.pmd 2 14.11.2006, 15:36


Ex 750i Output terminal digital out Ex i

■ Electrical data
Supply voltage
DC 24.7 V from power supply terminal
(Type A7-7375-6000)
over power supply contacts
Power consumption
P = 2.1 W
(at current output of 40 mA)
Ex 750i Output terminal Power dissipation
digital out PV tot. = 1.1 W
(at current output of 40 mA)
Galvanic isolation
Power supply (24 V) and outputs//bus
Bus interface
internal bus
Features Description Display
■ 24 V outputs Function
This module is used for the control of 2 intrin-
■ Direct control of solenoid valves sically safe actuators in the Ex area to the field Output resistance
■ Galvanic isolation bus system Ex 750i. max. 285 Ω
For example, it is possible to directly connect Short-circuit protection
■ LED display
intrinsically safe solenoid valves. LEDs on the conditionally short-circuit-proof
front of the module display the output status.
Guidelines/norms/certifications
Directive 89/336/EEC
Dimensions/mounting positions Technical data Directive 73/23/EEC
Directive 94/9/EC
68 Construction DIN EN 60079-0, DIN EN 60079-11,
Clip-on enclosure for TS 35 rail DIN EN 60079-15
Enclosure material
High-quality thermoplastic
Protection class Explosion protection
IP 20
Ex protection type
100

Terminals II 3(2)GD EEx nA [ib] IIC/IIB T4


Cage Clamp®
Certification
0.08 at 2.5 mm², AWG 28 to 14;
TÜV 02 ATEX 1875 X
8-9 mm stripped length
For further date see EC model test certification.
Labelling
Safety data
12 front panel label for markings
Intrinsic safe circuit (terminal 1, 3, 5, 7)
Display Maximum values of each circuit
LEDs on front panel (characteristic line: linear)
U0 = 27.3 V
Storage temperature
Wiring diagram/terminal assignment I0 = 106 mA
-25 °C to +85 °C
P0 = 723 mW
Ambient temperature L0 = 12 mH (IIB)/3 mH (IIC)
Status 0 °C to +55 °C C0 = 680 nF (IIB)/88 nF (IIC)
DO 1 Status DO 2 (LED)
(LED) Weight
Data contacts approx. 55 g

DO 1 DO 2
03-0330-0303-03/06-BCS-C217108E

OV

Order no.
Power supply A7-7375-5200
contacts Technical data subject to change without notice.

121

C217107_217108E.pmd 3 14.11.2006, 15:36


Trennblaetter_e.pmd 16 15.11.2006, 07:43
Control units MODEX

Trennblaetter_e.pmd 17 15.11.2006, 07:43


Fuse max. 1.25 A with double terminals

Technical data
Enclosure material
High quality thermoplastic
Protection class
Module IP 66/IEC 60529
Terminals IP 20/IEC 60529
Terminals
2.5 mm2, fine stranded
Mounting rail
Fuse TS 35 x 7.5 (15) DIN EN 60715
Labelling
written marking labels
Storage temperature
-40 °C to +70 °C
Ambient temperature
-40 °C to +40 °C
Weight
0.055 kg

■ Electrical data
Fuses see selection chart
Nominal voltage
Description 250 V
Fused modules are required to protect equipment Switching capability
and power circuits in areas in which an explosion at 250 V, 50 Hz, cos ϕ = 1
hazard exists. The increasing automation of 80 A for (M) 0.1 Abis 1.25 A
functions and processes make it necessary to 35 A for (T) 0.1 A to 1.25 A
install the standard protective devices on-site. An Guidelines/norms/certifications
advantage of MODEX fuses is that they are fitted Directive 89/336/EEC
in explosion-protected enclosures with integrated Directive 73/23/EEC
double terminals. This allows the input and output Directive 94/9/EC
voltage to be used further by the MODEX
componentt.
Please indicate the desired current value with your Explosion protection
order (see selection chart). Ex protection type
II 2G EEx de IIC
I M2 EEx de I
Dimensions/mounting positions
Certification
PTB 98 ATEX 1010 U

Selection chart
Nominal Code Code
Caracteristic
current no. no.

0.1 A 5

Module width: 15 mm 0.2 A 8 medium M


time-lag
0.25 A 9
Wiring diagram/terminal assignment
0.5 A C

1.0 A G time-lag T
03-0330-0075-03/06-BAT-C124616E

1.25 A H

II 2G EEx de IIC 07-7311-61J2 / 20


Complete order no.
Please enter code number.
Technical data subject to change without notice.
124

C124616_201045E.pmd 2 15.11.2006, 12:02


Fuse max. 1.25 A with single terminals

Technical data
Enclosure material
High quality thermoplastic
Protection class
Module IP 66/IEC 60529
Terminals IP 20/IEC 60529
Terminals
2.5 mm2, fine stranded
Mounting rail
TS 35 x 7.5 (15) DIN EN 60715
Fuse Labelling
written marking labels
Storage temperature
-40 °C to +70 °C
Ambient temperature
-40 °C to +40 °C
Weight
0.055 kg
„ Electrical data see selection chart
Nominal voltage
250 V
Switching capability
Description at 250 V, 50 Hz, cos ϕ = 1
35 A for (T) 0.032 A to 1.25 A
Fused modules are required to protect equipment Guidelines/norms/certifications
and power circuits in areas in which an explosion Directive 89/336/EEC
hazard exists. The increasing automation of Directive 73/23/EEC
functions and processes make it necessary to Directive 94/9/EC
install the standard protective devices on-site. An
advantage of MODEX fuses is that they are fitted
in explosion-protected enclosures with integrated
Explosion protection
double terminals. This allows the input and output Ex protection type
voltage to be used further by the MODEX II 2G EEx de IIC
component. I M2 EEx de I
Please indicate the desired current value with your Certification
order (see selection chart). PTB 98 ATEX 1010 U

Dimensions/mounting positions Selection chart


Code
Nominal current
no.
0.032 AT 1
0.050 AT 2
0.063 AT 3
0.08 AT 4
0.1 AT 5
0.125 AT 6
Module width: 15 mm
0.16 AT 7
0.2 AT 8
0.25 AT 9
Wiring diagram/terminal assignment 0.315 AT A
0.4 AT B
0.5 AT C
03-0330-0194-03/06-BAT-C201045E

  0.63 AT E
0.8 AT F
  1.0 AT G
1.25 AT H
''ZFG++%
II 2G EEx de IIC
07-7311-61J2 / TA0
Complete order no.
Please enter code number.
125

C124616_201045E.pmd 3 15.11.2006, 12:02


Fuse to 2.5 A

Technical data
Enclosure material
High quality thermoplastic
Protection class
Module IP 66/IEC 60529
Terminals IP 20/IEC 60529
Terminals
2.5 mm2, fine stranded
Mounting rail
Fuse TS 35 x 7.5 (15) DIN EN 60715
Labelling
written marking labels
Storage temperature
-20 °C to +70 °C
Umgebungstemperatur
-20 °C to +40 °C
Weight
Description 0.055 kg
■ Electrical data
Fused modules are required to protect equipment
Fuses see selection chart
and power circuits in areas in which an explosion
hazard exists. The increasing automation of Nominal voltage
functions and processes make it necessary to 250 V
install the standard protective devices on-site. An
Switching capability
advantage of MODEX fuses is that they are fitted
at 250 V, 50 Hz, cos ϕ = 1
in explosion-protected enclosures with integrated
1000 A for (M) 1.6 A to 2.5 A
double terminals.
35 A for (T) 0.1 A to 1.25 A
Guidelines/norms/certifications
Dimensions/mounting positions Directive 89/336/EEC
Directive 73/23/EEC
Directive 94/9/EC

Explosion protection
Ex protection type
II 2G EEx de IIC
I M2 EEx de I
Certification
Module width: 30 mm PTB 97 ATEX 1068 U

Wiring diagram/terminal assignment Selection chart


Nominal Code Code
Characteristic
current no. no.

1.6 A J
medium time lag M

2.0 A K

time lag T
1 1 2.5 A L
03-0330-0076-03/06-BAT-A124617E

II 2G EEx de IIC

07-7311-63J2 / 00
Complete order no.
*07-7311-63J2LT00 not available!
2 2
Please enter code number.
Technical data subject to change without notice.

126

C124617_240388E.pmd 2 15.11.2006, 12:03


Fuse max. 6.3 A

Technical data
Enclosure material
High-quality thermoplastic
Protection class
Module IP 66/IEC 60529
Terminals IP 20/IEC 60529
Terminals
2.5 mm2, stranded
Mounting rail
TS 35 x 7.5 (15) DIN EN 60715
Fuse Labelling
one label per terminal
Storage temperature
-40 °C to +70 °C
Ambient temperature
-20 °C to +40 °C
Weight
0.250 kg
■ Electrical data
Description Operating voltage see selection chart
Fused modules are required to protect equipment Nominal voltage
and circuits in hazardous areas. With the increas- 250 V
ing automation of functions and processes
Switching capacity
requires the installation of the standard protective
at 250 V, 50 Hz, cos ϕ = 1
devices on-site. An advantage of MODEX fuses
1000 A for (M) 3.15 A to 6.3 A
is that they are fitted in flameproof enclosures with
35 A for (T) to 3.15 A
integrated double terminals. This allows the input
40 A for (T) 4 A
and output voltage to be used by other MODEX
50 A for (T) 5 A
component too.
63 A for (T) 6.3 A
Guidelines/norms/certifications
Dimensions/mounting positions Directive 89/336/EEC
Directive 73/23/EEC
Directive 94/9/EC

Explosion protection
Ex protection type
II 2G EEx de IIC
I M2 EEx de I
Certification
PTB 97 ATEX 1068 U
Module width: 30 mm

Wiring diagram/terminal assignment Selection chart


Nominal Code Code
Characteristic
current no. no.

3.15 A M
time lag T
4.0 A N

5.0 A P
medium time lag M
03-0330-0417-03/06-BAT-A240388E

6.3 A Q

07-7311-93J2/ 00
Complete order no.
Please enter code number.
Technical data subject to change without notice.
127

C124617_240388E.pmd 3 15.11.2006, 12:03


Fuse max. 6.3 A, quick-acting

Technical data
Enclosure material
High-quality thermoplastic
Protection class
Module IP 66/IEC 60529
Terminals IP 20/IEC 60529
Terminals
2.5 mm2, fine stranded
Mounting rail
TS 35 x 7.5 (15) DIN EN 60715
Fuse Labelling
written marking labels
Storage temperature
-40 °C to +70 °C
Ambient temperature
-20 °C to +40 °C
Weight
0.250 kg

■ Electrical data
Description Fuse see selection chart
With the increase in automated functions and Rated voltage
processes, it is necessary to install common 250 V
protective systems on site. Fuse elements are
Switching capacity
required to protect equipment and circuits also
at 250 V, 50 Hz, cos ϕ = 1
in hazardous areas. MODEX fuse elements are
35 A for (T) to 3.15 A
advantageous as they are in explosion-proof
40 A for (T) 4 A
encapsulation and installed in an enclosure with
63 A for (T) 6.3 A
integrated double terminals.
Guidelines/norms/certifications
Directive 89/336/EEC
Dimensions/mounting positions Directive 73/23/EEC
Directive 94/9/EC

Explosion protection
Ex protection type
II 2G EEx de IIC
I M2 EEx de I
Certification
PTB 97 ATEX 1068 U
Module width: 15 mm

Wiring diagram/terminal assignment


Selection chart
Nominal Code Code
Characteristic
current no. no.
2.5 A L

4.0 A N quick-acting F
03-0330-0424-03/06-BCS-A240842E

6.3 A Q

07-7311-93J2 / 00
Complete order no.
Please enter code number.
Technical data subject to change without notice.

128

C240842_128925E.pmd 2 15.11.2006, 12:04


Isolator terminal IP 30, 2-pole

Description Contact type


The MODEX series offers an isolator terminal 2-pole NC contact
which can be used both for service and test jobs
Rated isolation voltage
as well as for conventional, manual switching
400 V
functions. Thanks to the visibly clear distinction
between switching positions and extremely small Short-circuit protection
enclosure with 4 integrated terminals, the isolator fuse-links
terminal is very easy to install. The labelling quide-blow: 10 A
options are the same as for rail-mounted Mechanical life
terminals. The MODEX isolator terminal is 1 x 106 switching cycles
installed directly in an EEx e enclosure and
Electrical life
Isolator terminal installed like a rail-mounted terminal.
Being a terminal with positive opening operation, 1 x 104 switching cycles
it offers additional safety. All conducting parts are Conventional therm. current
protected against accidental contact which allows 7 A at Ta < +40 °C
you to open the EEx e enclosure and to operate
the switch by hand when voltage is applied and Rated operating current
within the Ex area. Any actuators or sensors are Alternating current 40 - 80 Hz
isolated by the double poles and can thus be load ohmic load inductive load
U I/AC-12 A I/AC-15 A
replaced under hazardous conditions providing
125 V 5A
local regulations allow this. 250 V 4A 4.0 A
400 V 2A 2.0 A

Direct current
Features Technical data ohmic load inductive load
■ IP 30 terminal cover Enclosure material
30 V 7A approx. 5 A
High-quality thermoplastic and duroplastic 250 V 0.6 A 0.15 A
■ Positive opening contact, 2-pole
Protection class
■ Safety isolation of Ex e power circuits Module IP 54 Guidelines/norms/certifications
■ Eleminates “permit to work“ or Terminals IP 20 Directive 89/336/EEC
isolating elsewhere Terminals with cover IP 30 Directive 73/23/EEC
Terminals Directive 94/9/EC
2.5 mm2, fine stranded
Dimensions/mounting positions Mounting rail
TS 35 x 7.5 (15) DIN EN 60715 Explosion protection
Labelling Ex protection type
written marking labels II 2G EEx de IIC
Storage temperature I M2 EEx de I
-40 °C to +70 °C Certification
Ambient temperature PTB 99 ATEX 1020 U
-40 °C to +75 °C
Weight
0.245 kg Notes
Module width: 15 mm
■ Adhere to VBG 4 § 6 par. 2 when working on
■ Electrical data
the unit
Utilization categories ■ Provide IP 30 covers on terminals 11 and 21
Wiring diagram (I-position)/
AC-15 for 400 V/2 A ■ Only terminals 12 and 22 can be worked
terminal assignment (I-position)
DC-13 for 250 V/0.15 A with
Switching capacity ■ Protect against unintentional reclosing/seal
according to EN 61058-1 isolator terminal
see table ■ Ensure isolation from supply
(pay attention to valves and fittings with
Switching elements
energy storage mechanism)
2-pole positive opening contact
■ Cover neighboring, conducting parts
03-0330-0153-03/06-BCS-A128925E

Service life
electrical/mechanical 0.6 ≥ 104
switching cycles
12 11
Contact material
pure silver, gold-plated

22 21
Contact version Order no.
positive opening contact 07-7311-6131/EE00
Technical data subject to change without notice.
129

C240842_128925E.pmd 3 15.11.2006, 12:04


Miniature switching relay

■ Electrical data
Coil data
AC/DC 11.2 V to 16 V/0.53 VA/0.37 W
AC/DC 21.5 V to 28 V/0.43 VA/0.33 W
AC/DC 42 V to 60.5 V/0.53 VA/0.4 W
AC/DC 54 V to 72 V/0.41 VA/0.3 W
AC 96 V to 144 V; 50/60 Hz/0.85 VA
AC 176 V to 264 V; 50 Hz/1.5 VA
Contact material
AgCdO

Miniature switching relay Max. switching voltage


AC 250 V/DC 300 V
Max. switching capacity
(ohmic load)
1 250 VA (50 W)
Test voltage
Coil-contact 4 kV
Mechanical life
min. 3 x 106 switching cycles
Electrical life
> 1 x 105 switching cycles/
Description AC 220 V 5 A ohmic load

The relay modules of the MODEX series offer most Operating frequency
up-to-date switching configurations. A suppres- 7 200 switching cycles/h
sor diode on the coil protects the power circuit Guidelines/norms/certifications
from peak voltages. High shock and vibration Directive 89/336/EEC
resistance is just as important as the IP 66 Directive 73/23/EEC
protect-ion of the contacts. Directive 94/9/EC
The MODEX relay switches circuits up to 5 A and
is used as an isolator between low-current control
circuits and high-current switching circuits. Explosion protection
Ex protection type
Dimensions/mounting positions Technical data II 2G EEx de IIC
I M2 EEx de I
Enclosure material
High-quality thermoplastic Certification
PTB 97 ATEX 1068 U
Protection class
Module IP 66/IEC 60529
Terminals IP 20/IEC 60529
Terminals
2.5 mm2, fine stranded
Selection chart
Module width: 30 mm Mounting rail
TS 35 x 7.5 (15) DIN EN 60715 Voltage Code no.
Labelling
Wiring diagram/terminal assignment written marking labels AC/DC 11.2 V to 16 V 2

Storage temperature AC/DC 21.5 V to 28 V 3


-40 °C to +70 °C AC/DC 42 V to 60.5 V 4
Ambient temperature AC/DC 54 V to 72 V 5
-20 °C to +40 °C
03-0330-0085-03/06-BCS-A124626E

AC 96 V to 144 V 7
II 2G EEx de IIC

Weight
0.250 kg AC 176 V to 264 V 8

07-7311-6371/ 000
Complete order no.
Please insert correct code.
Technical data subject to change without notice.
130

A124626_107006E.pmd 2 15.11.2006, 12:05


Relay, 1 changeover contact/2 changeover contacts

Contact data Contact material AgCdO

UA Imax. Pmax. (1 changeover


contact)
cos ϕ
 =1
AC 400 V 2.0 A 700 VA
AC 250 V 6.0 A 1400 VA

 load
DC 125 V 0.6 A 75 W ohmic
DC 50 V 3.0 A 150 W
Description
UA Imax. Pmax. (2 changeover
The relay modules of the MODEX series offer most contacts)
up-to-date switching configurations. A suppres- cos ϕ
 =1
AC 400 V 1.0 A 350 VA
sor diode on the coil protects the power circuit
Relay from peak voltages.
AC 250 V 3.0 A 700 VA

 load
DC 125 V 0.25 A 30 W ohmic
The MODEX relay serves for the switching of po-
DC 50 V 1.5 A 75 W
wer circuits up to 6 A. Thanks to its low power
consumption it can be controlled by means of
electronic circuits, optorelays from BARTEC or Making current (16 ms)
standard power circuits. 20 A (1 changeover contact)
10 A (2 changeover contacts)
Test voltage
Dimensions/mounting positions Technical data Coil-contact 4 kV
Enclosure material Mechanical life
High-quality thermoplastic > 20 x 106 switching cycles
Protection class
Electrical life
Module IP 66/IEC 60529
> 1 x 105 switching cycles/AC 230 V
Terminals IP 20/IEC 60529
6 A ohmic load (1 changeover contact)
Terminals > 1 x 105 switching cycles/AC 230 V
2.5 mm2, fine stranded 3 A ohmic load (2 changeover contacts)
Mounting rail Operating frequency
Module width: 30 mm
TS 35 x 7.5 (15) DIN EN 60715 1 800 switching cycles
Labelling Guidelines/norms/certifications
Wiring diagram 1/terminal assignment 1 written marking labels Directive 89/336/EEC
Directive 73/23/EEC
Storage temperature Directive 94/9/EC
-40 °C to +70 °C
Ambient temperature
-20 °C to +40 °C
II 2G EEx de IIC

Weight
0.250 kg
Selection chart
Explosion protection
Code Code
Contacts Voltage
Ex protection type no. no.
II 2G EEx de IIC
AC/DC 12 V 2
I M2 EEx de I
1
Certification changeover 1 AC/DC 24 V 3
PTB 97 ATEX 1068 U
AC 110 V 7
Wiring diagram 2/terminal assignment 1 ■ Electrical data
AC 120 V/60 Hz H
Coil 2
changeovers 2 AC 220 V 8
AC/DC 12 V AC/DC 24 V AC/DC 48 V
± 10 % ± 10 % ± 10 % AC 230 V/240 V 9
II 2G EEx de IIC
03-0330-0014D-03/06-BCS-A107006E

0.45 W 0.46 W 0.53 W


0.6 VA 0.56 VA 0.58 VA
07-7311-937 / 000
AC 110 V AC 120 V AC 230 V
+10 % +10 %/60 Hz +10 % Complete order no.
1.2 VA 1.0 VA 1.5 VA Please insert correct code.
Technical data subject to change without notice.
AC 230/240 V
+ 10 % Relay, 2 changeover contacts also available in AC/
DC 48 V.
1,2 VA
Order no.: 07-7311-9372/4000
131

A124626_107006E.pmd 3 15.11.2006, 12:05


Isolator relay, contact seperation as per DIN EN 60079-0 and DIN EN 60079-11

Description Max. switching current


This relay is used as an isolator between non- 2A
intrinsically safe and intrinsically safe circuits. Max. switching capacity (AC)
Various coil and contact configurations are 100 VA/cos ϕ = 1
available. Several intrinsically safe circuits can Max. switching capacity
be connected to the contact circuits, provided that (at switching power up to DC 24 V)
intrinsic safety is maintained. 48 W/ohmic load
A galvanic isolation according to DIN
EN 60079-11 up to 375 V is provided. Test voltages
Coil-contact 5000 Veff
Contact assembly- 2500 Veff
Technical data contact assembly
Isolator relay Enclosure material Contact open 1000 Veff
High-quality thermoplastic Mechanical life
Protection class > 50 x 106 switching cycles
Module IP 66/IEC 60529 Electrical life
Terminals IP 20/IEC 60529 3 x 105 switching cycles
Terminals (single-pole contact, AC 250 V; 4 A;
2.5 mm2, fine stranded cos ϕ = 1; 360 switching cycles/h)
Mounting rail Guidelines/norms/certifications
TS 35 x 7.5 (15) DIN EN 60715 Directive 89/336/EEC
Directive 73/23/EEC
Labelling
Directive 94/9/EC
written marking label
Storage temperature
Dimensions/mounting positions -40 °C to +70 °C Explosion protection
Ambient temperature Ex protection type
-20 °C to +40 °C II 2(1)G EEx de [ia] IIC
Weight Certification
0.250 kg Module PTB 97 ATEX 1068 U
Enclosure PTB 03 ATEX 2169 X
■ Electrical data
Coil data
DC 6 V ± 10 %; 86 mA
Module width: 30 mm
DC 12 V ± 10 %; 45 mA
DC 24 V ± 10 %; 22 mA Selection chart
DC 48 V ± 10 %; 11 mA
Wiring diagram/terminal assignment DC 60 V ± 10 %; 9 mA Contacts Code Voltage Code
(non-intrinsically (intrinsically
DC 110 V ± 10 %; 5.5 mA no. no.
safe) safe)
■ Contact data (non-intrinsically safe) 1 changeover 1 DC 6 V U5
Single-pole contact 2 NO 4 DC 12 V V5
II 2(1)G EEx de [ia] IIC

II 2(1)G EEx de [ia] IIC

Contact material AgCuNi 2 NC 6 DC 24 V W5


Max. switching voltage 1 NO 7 DC 48 V X5
AC 250 V 1 NC
(intrinsically safe) (non-intrinsically safe)
Max. switching current
4A 1 changeover E DC 6 V M6
Max. switching current (AC) 1 NO
F DC 12 V N6
100 VA/cos ϕ = 1 1 NC

Max. switching capacity DC 24 V Q6


2 NO G
(at switching voltage up to DC 24 V) DC 48 V R6
96 W/ohmic load DC 60 V S6
2 NC H
03-0330-0088-03/06-BCS-A124629E

T6
II 2(1)G EEx de [ia] IIC

II 2(1)G EEx de [ia] IIC

■ Contact data (intrinsically safe) DC 110 V

Double contact
Contact material AgCuNi, hard gold plated
Max. switching voltage 07-7311-937 / 00
AC 46 V
DC 65 V Complete order no.
Please enter correct code.
Technical data subject to change without notice.
132

A124629_240326_E.pmd 2 15.11.2006, 16:02


Optocoupler 2-channel

Description ■ Electrical data


This optocoupler provides for a safe galvanic
Total power dissipation
isolation between a non-intrinsically safe
Pmax. = 0.8 W
incoming circuit (transmitter) and the output
connected to an intrinsically safe circuit (receiver), No capacities and inductances
which is clearly identified by means of light blue
terminals.
The two channels are also safely galvanically ■ Input data
isolated among each other. Input voltage
DC 20 to 28 V (non-interchangeable)
Input current
Technical data
5.5 mA to 9.2 mA
Optocoupler Enclosure material
High-quality thermoplastic
■ Output data
Protection class
Module IP 66/IEC 60529 Voltage
Terminals IP 20/IEC 60529 DC 4 V to max. 30 V
Terminals Saturation voltage
2.5 mm2, fine stranded 0.9 V
Mounting rail Current
TS 35 x 7.5 (15) DIN EN 50022 max. 50 mA
Labelling
written marking labels ■ Transmission data
Storage temperature Switching frequency
-40 °C to +70 °C max. 5 kHz (with UA = 10 V)
Ambient temperature Switching times measured at
-20 °C to +40 °C
UE = 20 VSS; UA = 10 VSS; IA = 50 mA
Weight
0.250 kg Rise time approx. 15 µs
Drop-out time approx. 13 µs
Switch-on time approx. 18 µs
Switch-off time approx. 19 µs
Galvanic isolation transmitter/receiver
max. 375 V (peak value)

Dimensions/mounting positions Guidelines/norms/certifications


Directive 89/336/EEC
Directive 94/9/EC

Explosion protection
Ex protection type
II 2(1)GD EEx de [ia] IIC
Module width: 30 mm I M2 EEx de [ia] I
Certification
Module PTB 97 ATEX 1068 U
Wiring diagram/terminal assignment Enclosure TÜV 01 ATEX 1715
03-0330-0416-03/06-BCS-A240326E

II 2(1)G EEx de [ia] IIC

Order no.
07-7311-93QH/C5M0
Please enter correct code.
Technical data subject to change without notice.
133

A124629_240326_E.pmd 3 15.11.2006, 16:02


Power relay

Description ■ Electrical data


Relay modules in the MODEX system offer modern Coil data
switch features in explosive areas. DC 24 V ± 10 %
The MODEX power relay is used to switch load- AC 230 V ± 10 %
current circuits to 12 A, e.g. heating circuits or
smaller motors. Nominal power
DC 24 V approx. 1.25 W
AC 230 V approx. 1.9 VA

Technical data Contact data


Contact material AgCdO
Enclosure material
Max. switching voltage
Power relay High quality thermoplastic
AC 400 V
Protection class
Module IP 66/IEC 60529 Max. switching current (ohmic load)
Terminals IP 20/IEC 60529 12 A

Terminals Max. switching capacity (ohmic load)


2.5 mm2, fine stranded 4 560 VA

Mounting rail Test voltage


TS 35 x 7.5 (15) DIN EN 60715 Coil contact 2.5 kV effective
15/10 ms
Labelling
written marking labels Mechanical life
20 x 106 switching cycles
Storage temperature
-40 °C to +70 °C Switching frequency
6 000 switching cycles/h without load
Ambient temperature 1 000 switching cycles/h at nominal load
Mounted in sequence on TS
at ≥ 16 mm spacing Guidelines/norms/certifications
-20 °C to +40 °C Directive 89/336/EEC
Directive 73/23/EEC
Weight Directive 94/9/EC
0.250 kg

Dimensions/mounting positions
Explosion protection
Ex protection type
II 2G EEx de IIC
I M2 EEx de I
Certification
PTB 97 ATEX 1068 U

Module width: 75 mm

Wiring diagram/terminal assignment


Selection chart
Voltage Code no.

DC 24 V 3
AC 230 V H
03-0330-0089-03/06-BCS-A124630E

07-7311-9772/ 310
II 2G EEx de IIC

Complete order no.


Please enter code number.
Technical data subject to change without notice.

134

A124630_211173E.pmd 2 15.11.2006, 12:08


Power contactor

Description ■ Electrical data


The contactors in the MODEX series offer the Control voltage
necessary explosion protection, and yet are AC 230 V
similar to normal contactors in their installation
form and design. Switching capacity
High quality contactors with a control voltage of AC-1 400 V 10 A
AC 230 V are installed in the pressure-proof Auxiliary contact
encapsulated MODEX enclosure. AC-3 400 V 8.0 A
The contacts are executed to protection system
IP 66 to protect against even aggressive Mechanical life
atmospheres. Integrated terminals make their 107 switch cycles
installation as simple as can be.
Power contactor A free-wheeling diode is available to protect the
Life of contact elements for utilization
category AC 1
circuit from peak voltages when being switch off.
500 000 switch cycles 400 V/10 A
Switching frequency
No load 3 600 1/h
Technical data at AC-1 loading 600 1/h
Construction Guidelines/norms/certifications
Flameproof, clip-on enclosure for TS 35 rail Directive 89/336/EEC
Enclosure material Directive 73/23/EEC
High-quality thermoplastic Directive 94/9/EC
IEC 60947, EN 60947
Protection class
Module IP 66/IEC 60529
Terminals IP 20/IEC 60529
Terminals with cover IP 30/IEC 60529
Explosion protection
Terminals
Dimensions/mounting positions 2.5 mm2, fine stranded Ex protection type
II 2G EEx de IIC
Labelling
I M2 EEx de I
front panel for markings
Certification
Storage temperature
PTB 97 ATEX 1066 U
-40 °C to +60 °C
Ambient temperature
-20 °C to +60 °C
Weight
1.4 kg

Wiring diagram/terminal assignment


Selection chart
Control Code Nominal Code
voltage no. operating no.
current
0.32 - 1.0 A 1
1.0 - 2.9 A 2
Contactor with electr.
03-0330-0291-03/06-BCS-C211173E

230 V 5
motor protection 1.6 - 5.0 A 3
3.7 - 10 A 4

07-7331-61
Complete order no.
Please enter code number.
Technical data subject to change without notice.
1/68 135

A124630_211173E.pmd 3 15.11.2006, 12:08


Cradle relay

Cradle relay

Description
Cradle relay for direct and alternating voltages, neutral, monostable. High-quality cradle relays for
different AC and DC voltage ranges are encapsulated flameproof and installed in the MODEX enclosure.
Protection class IP 66 guarantees that the contacts are protected against aggressive atmospheres.
Applications:
Switching of measuring and control circuits in industrial plants.

Wiring diagrams/terminal assignments


2 IIG EEx de IIC

4 changeovers 8 NO 2 IIG EEx de IIC


2 IIG EEx de IIC

2 IIG EEx de IIC

4 NO/4 NC 6 NO/2 NC

Dimensions/mounting positions Note


■ For use with inductive loads the relays can
03-0330-0028-03/06-BCS-A108406/1E

be connected with an effective suppressor


in order to protect the contacts.

Module width: 75 mm

136

A108406_1_2E.pmd 2 15.11.2006, 12:09


Cradle relay

Technical data ■ Electrical data

Enclosure material Operating data (coil circuit)


High-quality thermoplastics
UN IN (8 contact decks)
Protection class
Module IP 66/IEC 60529 DC 15 V 60 mA
Terminals IP 20/IEC 60529 DC 24 V 27 mA
Terminals DC 48 V 17 mA
2.5 mm2, fine stranded AC 110 V 25 mA
Mounting rail AC 120 V/50 Hz 28 mA
TS 35 x 7.5 (15) DIN EN 60715 AC 120 V/60 Hz 25 mA
Labelling AC 220 V 13 mA
front panel label for markings AC 230/240 V 13 mA
Storage temperature
-40 °C to +70 °C Contact data
Ambient temperature Switching voltage: UA max. = AC/DC 125 V
-20 °C to +40 °C Switching current: Imax. = 1 A (per contact)
Weight Switching capacity
0.500 kg Pmax. = 40 W/50 VA
Contact material
silver, gold-flashed
Explosion protection Contact arrangement
Ex protection type 4 changeovers/8 NO/4 NO, 4 NC/6 NO, 2 NC
II 2G EEx de IIC
Guidelines/norms/certifications
I M2 EEx de I
Directive 89/336/EEC
Certification Directive 73/23/EEC
PTB 97 ATEX 1068 U Directive 94/9/EC

Other data AC types DC types


Max. switching frequency (switching cycles /sec.) 20 50
7
Mech. service life (switching cycles) approx.10 approx.10 8
Test voltage: coil/contact (V~ eff.) 500 at UN < 60 V 500
2 000 at UN > 60 V
contact/contact (V~ eff.) 500 500

Selection chart

Contacts Code no. Voltage Code no.

DC 15 V 8
4 changeovers 4
DC 24 V 3
8 NO C DC 48 V 4
AC 110 V G
4 NO, 4 NC H AC 220 V H
AC 230/240 V J
6 NO, 2 NC F
AC 120 V/60 Hz R
03-0330-0028-03/06-BCS-A108406/2E

Complete order no. 07-7311-977 / 100


Please enter code number.
Technical data subject to change without notice.

137

A108406_1_2E.pmd 3 15.11.2006, 12:09


Transformer AC 24 V/500 mA

Technical data
Enclosure material
High-quality thermoplastic
Protection class
Module IP 66/IEC 60529
Terminals IP 20/IEC 60529
Terminals
2.5 mm2, fine stranded
Mounting rail
Transformer TS 35 x 7.5 (15) DIN EN 60715
Labelling
one label for markings
Storage temperature
-40 °C to +60 °C
Ambient temperature
-20 °C to +60 °C
Temperature class T5
Weight
0.900 kg

■ Electrical data
Input voltage
AC 230 V ± 10 %, 50 Hz
Output voltage
Description AC 24 V ± 10 %
The control transformer steps down mains voltage Output current
to low voltage. Input and output are electrically max. 500 mA
isolated.
Especially suitable for supplying low power AC Power
devices in zone 1 hazardous areas. 12 VA

Guidelines/norms/certifications
Dimensions/mounting positions Directive 89/336/EEC
Directive 73/23/EEC
Directive 94/9/EC

Explosion protection
Ex protection type
II 2G EEx de IIC
Module width: 75 mm I M2 EEx de I
Certification
PTB 97 ATEX 1068 U
Wiring diagram/terminal assignment
03-0330-0108-03/06-BCS-A124649E

II 2G EEx de IIC

Order no.
07-7311-97S3/H3N0
Technical data subject to change without notice.
138

A124649_124650E.pmd 2 14.11.2006, 15:44


AC/DC converter DC 24 V/450 mA

Technical data
Enclosure material
High-quality thermoplastic
Protection class
Module IP 66/IEC 60529
Terminal IP 20/IEC 60529
Mounting rail
TS 35 x 7.5 (15) DIN EN 60715
Labelling
Converter one label for markings
Storage temperature
-40 °C to +70 °C
Ambient temperature
-20 °C to +40 °C
Weight
0.400 kg

■ Electrical data
Input voltage
AC 24 V + 15 % - 5 %, 50/60 Hz
Output voltage
DC 24 V ± 5 %
Output current
450 mA
Description
The power supply module is ideal for Power dissipation
instrumentation and process control engineering ≤ 2.5 W
PLCs as well as for EEx de loads with DC Residual ripple
connection. The power supply unit has a stabilzed ≤ 20 mVSS
output and offers short-circuit protection.
Power consumption
max. 13 W
Dimensions/mounting positions
Guidelines/norms/certifications
Directive 89/336/EEC
in connection with a transformer
Type 07-7311-97S3/H3N0
Directive 73/23/EEC
Directive 94/9/EC

Explosion protection
Module width: 75 mm
Ex protection type
II 2G EEx de IIC
I M2 EEx de I
Wiring diagramm/terminal assignment
Certification
PTB 97 ATEX 1068 U
03-0330-0109-03/06-BCS-A124650E

II 2G EEx de IIC

Order no.
07-7311-97S7/AAMO
Technical data subject to change without notice.

139

A124649_124650E.pmd 3 14.11.2006, 15:44


Power supply unit DC 24 V/2 A

Description Power dissipation


This power supply unit is universally applicable PV ges. = 7.3 W
and offers a wide input range. Galvanic isolation
The DC output voltage is stabilized, galvanically Input//Output
isolated and permanently protected against short-
circuits. Display
Operation LED green
Overload > 3 A
Technical data resp. short-circuit LED green flashing
■ Output data
Power supply unit Construction
Flameproof, clip-on enclosure Output voltage
for TS 35 rail DC 24 V +/-3 %
Enclosure material Output current
High-quality thermoplastic 2 A at Tu < +50 °C
Protection class Power derating
Module IP 66 2.5 %/K > +50 °C
Terminals IP 20
Terminals with cover IP 30 Nominal output power
Pa = 48 W
Terminals
2.5 mm², fine stranded Residual ripple
< -10 °C Ua /100; > -10 °C < 50 mV
Labelling
front panel label for markings Protection and monitoring
Display Permanent short-circuit protection
Features LEDs on front panel Overload proof

■ Wide input range AC 94 V to 264 V Storage temperature Guidelines/norms/certifications


-25 °C to +60 °C Directive 89/336/EEC
■ High efficiency Directive 73/23/EEC
■ Interference immunity in according with Ambient temperature Directive 94/9/EC
DIN EN 6100-6-1...2 -20 °C to +60 °C
Weight
2.1 kg
Dimensions/mounting positions

■ Electrical data Explosion protection


Supply voltage Ex protection type
AC 110 to 250 V, 47 to 63 Hz II 2G EEx de IIC
Input voltage range I M2 EEx de I
AC 94 to 265 V Certification
PTB 97 ATEX 1066 U
Nominal input current
0.6 A at AC 230 V/1.1 A at AC 120 V
Power consumption
P = 66 W (max.)

Note
Wiring diagram/terminal assignment
■ A clearance of 40 mm must be ensured around
the power supply unit.

BARTEC
Power supply unit
03-0330-0324-03/06-BCS-A217131E

DC 24 V/2 A

Order no.
07-7331-1201/0000
Technical data subject to change without notice.
140

A217131_124647E.pmd 2 14.11.2006, 15:45


Power supply unit AC/DC 110 to 250 V

Technical data
Enclosure material
High-quality thermoplastic
Protection class
Module IP 66/IEC 60529
Terminals IP 20/IEC 60529
Terminals
max. 2.5 mm2, fine stranded
Mounting rail
Power supply unit Description TS 35 x 15 (7.5) DIN EN 60715

This power supply can be universally used with Labelling


either AC or DC voltage on the input side. The front panel label for markings
output voltage is stabilized and conditionally Storage temperature
short-circuit and overload-protected. -20 °C to +65 °C
An additional output circuit protection is re- Ambient temperature
commended. mounted on rail with 8 mm spacing
-20 °C to +40 °C
Weight
Dimensions/mounting positions
0.600 kg
■ Electrical data
Input voltage
DC 110 V to max. 320 V
AC 100 V to max. 250 V 50/60 Hz
Output data
See selection chart
Residual ripple
Module width: 75 mm max. 150 mVSS
Power dissipation
max. 3 W
Wiring diagram 1/terminal assignment 1
Guidelines/norms/certifications
Directive 89/336/EEC
Directive 73/23/EEC
Directive 94/9/EC

Explosion protection
Ex protection type
II 2G EEx de IIC
I M2 EEx de I
Certification
PTB 97 ATEX 1068 U

Selection chart
Wiring diagram 2/terminal assignment 2
Output Code
Output voltage current no.
DC 12 V ± 5 % 440 mA 5L
DC 15 V ± 5 % 350 mA 7J
03-0330-0106-03/06-BCS-A124647E

DC 24 V ± 5 % resp. 220 mA
6G
DC +12 V / -12 V ± 5 % ± 220 mA

07-7311-97S9/J 0
Complete order no.
Please enter code number.
Technical data subject to change without notice.
141

A217131_124647E.pmd 3 14.11.2006, 15:45


Isolator amplifier, 4-channel with display

Isolator amplifier

Features Description
■ 4-channel 4 NAMUR sensors, optocouplers, mechanical
■ for NAMUR sensors DIN EN 60947-5-6 contacts or other operating elements can be
■ for mechanical contacts connected to the isolator amplifier in an
intrinsically safe way. The intrinsically safe inputs
■ galvanic isolation DIN EN 60079-11 are safely galvanically isolated from the supply
■ LED displays voltage and the outputs in accordance with DIN
■ EEx ia, ib EN 60947-5-6. Open- and short-circuits of the
■ active transistor outputs sensor lines are detected and signaled via an ad-
ditional transistor output as group fault signal.
■ additional group fault signal output LEDs display the output states.
■ standard or inverted

Dimensions/mounting positions Technical data


Construction
Clip-on enclosure for TS 35 rail
Enclosure material
High-quality thermoplastics
Protection class
Module IP 66/IEC 60529
Terminals IP 20/IEC 60529
Module width: 75 mm Terminals with cover IP 30/IEC 60529
Terminals
2.5 mm², fine stranded
Wiring diagram/terminal assignment
Befestigung auf Tragschiene
TS 35 x 15 (7.5) DIN EN 50022
Labelling
front panel label for markings
Storage temperature
03-0330-0128-03/06-BCS-A127171E

-40 °C to +60 °C
Ambient temperature
-20 °C to +50 °C
Weight
0.640 kg

142

A127171_1_2E.pmd 2 15.11.2006, 12:10


Isolator amplifier, 4-channel with display

■ Electrical data Displays


LED’s for all outputs
Supply voltage
DC 20 V to DC 30 V Line monitoring
always active, separate fault signal output
Power consumption
max. 580 mA Installation
isolator amplifier 4-channel
Power dissipation
17-5521-4.../....
PV = max. 2.4 W
BARTEC Max-Eyth-Straße 16
Galvanic isolation D-97980 Bad Mergentheim
Inputs//power supply, outputs
CE 0032
II (1)G [EEx ia] IIC
■ Input data
Um = 253 V I0 = 30 mA
Voltage
U0 = 11.55 V P0 = 86.4 mW
Ua = 8.2 V
Guidelines/norms/certifications
Switching thresholds
Directive 89/336/EEC
open circuit < 0.26 mA
Directive 73/23/EEC
damped < 1.2 mA
Directive 94/9/EC
undamped > 2.1 mA
short circuit > 7.4 mA
■ Output data Explosion protection
Transistor outputs Ex protection type
output current channel max. 100 mA II 2(1)G EEx de [ia] IIC
signal level 1 - signal = Ub - 1 V Certification
0 - signal = 0.9 V Module PTB 97 ATEX 1068 U
switching frequency 1.5 kHz Enclosure TÜV 97 ATEX 1211 X

Notes
■ Observe the terminal assignment
■ Transistor output is not short-circuit proof
■ For open/short-circuit monitoring with contact call-up, use 1 kΩ/10 kΩ resistive coupling link;
Type 17-9Z62-0002

Status chart

Input B/S Out B/S Out B/S Out

damped 0 1 0 0 1 1

un-
damped 0 0 0 1 1 0

open 1 1 1 0 0 1
circuit
short
1 0 1 1 0 0
circuit
Code no. 12 22 32

Complete order no. 07-7311-97MT/BA


Please insert correct code.
Technical data subject to change without notice.
03-0330-0128-03/06-BCS-A127171E

143

A127171_1_2E.pmd 3 22.11.2006, 07:22


Output Isolator

Explosion protection
Ex protection type
II 2(1)G EEx de [ia] IIC
Certification
Enclosure
PTB 97 ATEX 1066 U
Module (output isolator)
Features TÜV 98 ATEX 1278 X
■ EEx ia Module (opto-coupler)
■ Galvanic isolation TÜV 01 ATEX 1715
■ HART compatible ■ Safety data
Output isolator ■ opto coupler optional Output isolator
UO = 27.3 V IO = 93 mA
PO = 635 mW
Description LO = 2.2 mH (IIC)/14.8 mH (IIB)
CO = 88 nF (IIC)/683 nF (IIB)
The output isolation module transforms a non-
intrinsically safe input current into an intrinsically Opto coupler
safe output current while the power supply as well U = 60 V
i
as the input and output circuits are safely are Li = negligible small
electrically isolated from each other. SMART/ C = negligible small
i
HART communication is supported for all leading
manufacturers. Optionally, the module is also
available with an integrated optocoupler. Technical data
The optocoupler module transforms a non-
Construction
intrinsically safe binary input signal into an
Flameproof, clip-on enclosure for TS 35 rail
intrinsically safe output circuit.
Enclosure materials
High-quality thermoplastic
Dimensions/Mounting positions Protection class
Module IP 66
Terminals IP 20
Terminals with cover IP 30
Connection terminals
2.5 mm², fine stranded
Labelling
front panel label for markings
Display
LEDs on front panel
Storage temperature
-40 °C to +65 °C
Ambient temperature
-20 °C to +60 °C
Weight
2.1 kg

Wiring diagram/terminal assignment


03-0330-0290-03/06-BCS-C210274/1E

144

C210274_1_2E.pmd 2 15.11.2006, 13:09


Output Isolator

■ Electrical data output isolator ■ Electrical data opto coupler


Supply voltage (L+, L-) Input circuit
20.4 V DC to 30 V DC Terminals 31 and 32
(polarity reversal protection) Ua = 20 V DC to 28 V DC
20 V AC to 26.4 V AC (48 to 62 Hz) (polarity reversal protection)
I = 5.5 mA to 9.2 mA
Power consumption
P = 1.3 W/1.5 VA Output circuit (Terminals 7 and 8)
Ua = 4 V DC to 30 V DC
Electrical isolation
I = ≤ 50 mA
L+, L-//input//output
Saturation voltage ≤ 1.2 V
Display
Total power loss
Power LED
≤ 350 mW
■ Input data Electrical isolation
Input//output
Input circuit Um = 235 V
Terminals 37 and 38 (max. values)
U =5V
■ Transformation data
I = 50 mA
Um = 253 V Switching frequency
Max. 10 kHz (with Ua = 10 V)
Input resistance
Max. 2.5 kHz (with Ua = 30 V)
50 Ω static
250 Ω dynamic Switching times measured at
Ue = 20 VSS
■ Output data Ua = 10 V
Output circuit Ia = 50 mA
0/4 to 20 mA impressed current
Rise time approx. 10 µs
Load Fall time approx. 10 µs
< 750 Ω Switch-on time approx. 15 µs
Switch-off time approx. 25 µs
■ Linearity Guidelines/norms/certifications
Ripple content of the output signal Directive 89/336/EEC
< 0.5 % of the span NAMUR NE 21
Directive 94/9/EC
Load influence
< 0.05 %
Auxiliary power influence
< 0.05 %
Temperature drift
< 0.1 %/10 K

Selection chart

Design Code no.


03-0330-0290-03/06-BCS-C210274/2E

Standard 0

with opto coupler 1

Complete order no. 07-7331-4200/000


Please enter code number.
Technical data subject to change without notice.

145

C210274_1_2E.pmd 3 15.11.2006, 13:09


Measuring transducer for Pt 100

Temperature range
-50 °C to +100 °C
0 °C to +200 °C
0 °C to +400 °C
Accuracy
± 1 % of upper value
Function test
Connect 100 Ω resistance to terminal
Measuring transducer 15-16 and bridge terminals 16 and 17.
Apply current between L- and terminal 31.
Description Enclosure
Pt 100 measuring transducer
The MODEX series includes a temperature
17-6582-1.../....
measuring transducer mounted on-site in the
BARTEC Max-Eyth-Straße 16
same way as a modular terminal. The module
D-97980 Bad Mergentheim
transforms the signal received from the PT 100
temperature sensor into a proportional, load-in- CE 0032
dependent 4 to 20 mA output signal.
II (1)G [EEx ia] IIC
The sensor circuit is intrinsically safe according
to Ex protection type EEx ia. Um = 253 V I0 = 63.1 mA
An output current exceeding the 4 to 20 mA range U0 = 21 V P0 = 331 mW
signals a senor fault (open/short circuit). The PT
100 temperature sensor can be operate in 2- or EEx ia IIC IIB
3-wire circuits within zone 0 or 1. L0 (mH) ≤ 9 35

C0 (nF) ≤ 170 1250


Features Technical data
■ For Pt 100 Guidelines/norms/certifications
Enclosure material Directive 89/336/EEC
■ Analog output 4 to 20 mA
High-quality thermoplastic Directive 94/9/EEC
■ Fault detector
Protection class
■ EEx ia, ib
Module IP 66/IEC 60529
■ Two-, three-wire senors Terminals IP 20/IEC 60529
■ EMV according to DIN EN 6100-6-3...4 and
DIN EN 6100-6-1...2
Terminals Explosion protection
2.5 mm2, fine stranded
Ex protection type
Dimensions/mounting positions Mounting rail II 2(1)G EEx de [ia] IIC
TS 35 x 15 (7.5) DIN EN 50022
Certification
Labelling Module PTB 97 ATEX 1068 U
one label per terminal Enclosure TÜV 97 ATEX 1204 X
Stockage temperature
-40 °C to +60 °C
Ambient temperature
-25 °C to +60 °C
Note: Observe terminal assignment.
Module width: 30 mm Weight
0.250 kg
Selection chart
Wiring diagram/terminal assignment ■ Electrical data Temperature range Code
no.
Operating voltage
DC 24 V + 10%, - 15% -50 °C to +100 °C 5
0 °C to +200 °C 7
Power consumption
0.6 W 0 °C to +400 °C 9
0 °C to +150 °C A
03-0330-0122-03/06-BCS-A126575E

Sensor
II 2(1)G EEx de [ia] IIC

Pt 100 temperature sensor


2- or 3-wire circuits
07-7311-93T4 / 350
Output
Load independent current: 4 to 20 mA Complete order no.
Max. load ≤ 400 Ω Please insert correct code.

146

A126575_124646E.pmd 2 15.11.2006, 13:11


Two-position controller

■ Electrical data
Supply voltage
DC 24 V + 15 %
Nominal power
max. 2.5 W
Input signal
0 to 35 mA
Two-position controller ≤ 3.5 mA - undercurrent
≥ 25 mA - overcurrent
4 to 20 mA ^= 0 to 100 %
Load: 200 Ω
Hysteresis
2 mA
Repeat accuracy
± 0.5 % of under range limit (20 mA)
Ambient temperature
Influence: ≤ 0.008 %/K
Outputs
Relay output:
Description Load: AC 250 V 3 A, 750 VA
MODEX controller module for more switching Optional
configurations in the Ex area. The standard two- Signal relay: AC 250 V, 1 A, 250 VA
position controller monitors limit values (limit Sensor fault relay: AC 250 V, 1 A, 250 VA
monitor). The analog input signal is compared Current output: 4 to 20 mA
with the potentiometer setpoint. Load: 400 Ω
A floating relay changeover contact is provided
as output. The two-point controller is available Guidelines/norms/certifications
with overcurrent/undercurrent detection, current Directive 89/366/EEC
output and signalling relay. The current output Directive 94/9/EEC
allows you to loop in (input current balancing)
further devices up to a total load of 400 Ω into
power circuit (4 to 20 mA).
Explosion protection
Dimensions/mounting positions Ex protection type
Technical data II 2G EEx de IIC
Enclosure material I M2 EEx de I
High-quality thermoplastic Certification
Protection class PTB 97 ATEX 1068 U
Module IP 66/IEC 60529
Terminals IP 20/IEC 60529
Terminals
2.5 mm2, fine stranded
Module width: 75 mm
Mounting rail
TS 35 x 15 (7.5) DIN EN 50022

Wiring diagram/terminal assignment Labelling


one label per terminal Selection chart
Stockage temperature Code
Options no.
-40 °C to +60 °C
Standard 0
Ambient temperature
mounted on rail With make/break monitor
03-0330-0105-03/06-BCS-A124646E

5
with spacing ≥ 16 mm: current output and signal relay
-20 °C to +40 °C
Weight
0.500 kg 07-7311-97ER/31 0
Complete order no.
Please enter code number.
Technical data subject to change without notice.

147

A126575_124646E.pmd 3 15.11.2006, 13:11


(Precision) Resistors max. 0.8 W

Technical data
Enclosure material
High quality thermoplastic
Protection class
Module IP 66/IEC 60529
Terminals IP 20/IEC 60529
Terminals
2.5 mm2, fine stranded
Mounting rail
(Precision) Resistors TS 35 x 7.5 (15) DIN EN 60715
Labelling
One label onto which markings can
be placed
Ambient temperature
-20 °C to +40 °C
Storage temperature
-40 °C to +70 °C
Weight
Dimensions/mounting position Description 0.050 kg
For general use throughout the field of measuring
and control engineering for hazardous areas
(eg. monitoring switching contacts, open circuit ■ Electrical data see selection chart
monitoring). Guidelines/norms/certifications
Directive 89/336/EEC
Explosion protection Directive 73/23/EEC
Directive 94/9/EC
Ex protection type
II 2G EEx de IIC
Module width: 15 mm I M2 EEx de I
Certification
PTB 98 ATEX 1010 U
Wiring diagram 1/terminal assignment 1

Selection chart
Wiring diagram
Rating Code no. Spacing terminal
assignment

R1 10 kΩ ± 1 % Imax = 6 mA
R2 1 kΩ ± 1 % Imax = 6 mA 0 without 2

R1 3.3 kΩ ± 1 % Imax = 8 mA
1 without 2
Wiring diagram 2/terminal assignment 2 R2 1.8 kΩ ± 1 % Imax = 8 mA

R1 4.7 kΩ ± 5 % Imax = 12 mA 2 without 1

R1 120 Ω ± 1 % Imax = 60 mA 3 without 1


03-0330-0167-03/06-BCS-A124608E

R1 1 k Ω ± 1 % Imax = 25 mA 4 without 1

R1 250 Ω ± 0.1 % Imax = 50 mA 5 without 1

Complete order no. 07-7311-61TW / 0 00


Please enter code number.
Technical data subject to change without notice.
148

A124608_124609E.pmd 2 15.11.2006, 13:12


(Precision) Resistors max 1.2 W

Technical data Weight


0.110 kg
Enclosure material
High-quality thermoplastic
Protection class ■ Electrical data
Module IP 66/IEC 60529 see selection chart
Terminals IP 20/IEC 60529 Guidelines/norms/certifications
Terminals Directive 89/336/EEC
2.5 mm², fine stranded Directive 73/23/EEC
Directive 94/9/EC
(Precision) Resistors Mounting rail
TS 35 x 7.5 (15) DIN EN 60715
Labelling Explosion protection
written marking labels
Ex protection type
Description Storage temperature II 2G EEx de IIC
For general use throughout the field of measuring -40 °C to +70 °C I M2 EEx de I
and control engineering for hazardous areas Ambient temperature Certification
(e. g. monitoring switching contacts, open circuit -20 °C to +40 °C PTB 97 ATEX 1068 U
monitoring).

Dimensions/mounting positions
Selection chart
Wiring diagram
Rating Code no. Spacing terminal assignment

R1 4.7 kΩ ± 10 % Imax. = 5 mA
01A0 without 1
R2 10 kΩ ± 10 % Imax. = 5 mA

R1 100 Ω ± 1 % Imax. = 50 mA
0251 without 3
R2 100 Ω ± 1 % Imax. = 50 mA

Module width: 30 mm R1 2.2 kΩ ± 1 % Imax. = 15 mA


R2 680 Ω ± 5 % Imax. = 35 mA 03A0 8 mm 3

R1 680 Ω ± 5 % Imax. = 35 mA 04A0 without 2


Wiring diagram 1/terminal assignment 1
R1 1 kΩ ± 1 % Imax. = 20 mA
R2 10 kΩ ± 1 % Imax. = 5 mA 05G0 without 3

R1 820 Ω ± 5 % Imax. = 35 mA 0600 without 2

R1 3.3 kΩ ± 5 % Imax. = 17 mA 0700 without 2

R1 2.7 kΩ ± 5 % Imax. = 19 mA 0800 without 2


Wiring diagram 2/terminal assignment 2
R1 3 kΩ ± 1 % Imax. = 10 mA
R2 4.3 kΩ ± 1 % Imax. = 9 mA 0900 without 3

R1 82 Ω ± 1 % Imax = 70 mA
R2 100 Ω ± 1 % Imax. = 60 mA 1000 without 3

R1 120 Ω ± 1 % Imax. = 60 mA
R2 150 Ω ± 1 % Imax = 50 mA 1100 without 3

R1 6.8 kΩ ± 1 % Imax = 3.5 mA


R2 820 Ω ± 1 % Imax = 29 mA 1200 without 3

R1 680 Ω ± 2 % Imax = 25 mA
03-0330-0068-03/06-BCS-A124609E

Wiring diagram 3/terminal assignment 3 R2 3.3 kΩ ± 2 % Imax = 10 mA 1300 without 1

R1 2,2 Ω ± 2 % Imax = 15 mA
R2 3,3 kΩ ± 2 % Imax = 10 mA 1400 without 1

Complete order no. 07-7311-63TW/


Please enter code number. Technical data subject to change without notice.
149

A124608_124609E.pmd 3 15.11.2006, 13:12


Referenzen_Anlagen_e.pmd 150 15.11.2006, 13:13
System solutions and reference

Referenzen_Anlagen_e.pmd 151 15.11.2006, 13:13


System solutions

POLARIS Panel PC 19.1"


Customer: FIMA Heinkel, Bietigheim-Bissingen, Germany
FIMA Heinkel is a manufacturing company of centrifugal dryers for the pharmaceutical and chemical
industry.

Thanks to the POLARIS Panel PC, diverse process parameters can be measured and directly evaluated
during the process execution. As highly active and toxic substances are used, the employment of
Ex-protected panel PCs is absolutely essential.

The POLARIS Panel PC runs with Windows XP Professional and the WIN CC flexible software
program by Siemens. Via the Ethernet interface, a SIMATIC S7 is actuated. Control is possible
directly on the centrifugal dryer system with the POLARIS panel PC.

This allows for complete process operation and visualisation in the Ex area.

POLARIS Remote 19.1"


Customer: Degussa Trostberg, Germany
Degussa in Trostberg is a leading company in the field of special chemistry.

The POLARIS Remote 19.1" is employed in an extraction plant for natural substances, which is
located in the Ex area of zone 1.

At supercritical pressures, natural substances in either solid or liquid form are extracted by applying
C0 2 or propane gas.

The measuring station is on the first floor of the production building.

The inserts in the high-pressure extractors are replaced on the ground floor. To save plant personnel
time, the remote station has proven advantageous. This is why the plant was upgraded with a second
control station of the POLARIS series.

152

Referenzen_Anlagen_e.pmd 152 15.11.2006, 13:13


System solutions

POLARIS Remote 19.1"


Customer: Schering AG, Germany
Schering AG produces medicine meeting highest standards in diverse fields.

In connection with a modernisation project, terminal equipment for on-site operation and monitoring
of all chemical processes were replaced at the chemical experiment plant CVB-1 of Schering AG
Berlin. For this purpose, state-of-the-art screen technologies were used in combination with stainless
steel enclosure versions.

To optimally realise process visualisation, maximum priority was placed on the latest Ex technology,
ergonomic design, stainless steel enclosure and a perfect integrability into existing plants. To meet
these requirements, POLARIS Remote 19.1" is employed in zone 1.

Hence, BARTEC has managed to successfully realise special solutions with its POLARIS series.

POLARIS Remote 15"


Customer: Netzsch-Feinmahltechnik GmbH, Germany
Netsch-Feinmahltechnik GmbH is the world leader in plant manufacturing when it comes to wet
grinding, mixing and kneading for the pharmaceutical and chemical industry.

Netsch-Feinmahltechnik GmbH uses POLARIS Remote 15" for DustEx zone 21 with additional BARTEC
Comex control. The control is employed in the cosmetics sector. With POLARIS Remote, the existing
PC can be used without restrictions in the safe area.

POLARIS Remote is a display with keyboard and mouse, which offers operating comfort in the Ex
area.

153

Referenzen_Anlagen_e.pmd 153 15.11.2006, 13:13


System solutions

MC 9060ex
Customer: Symrise, Holzminden, Germany
Symrise was formed by a merger of the two former companies Dragoco and Haarmann & Reimer.
Symrise is one of the leading flavour manufacturers in the world

Radio data transmission provides support with the individual production steps ranging from the
goods removal from the warehouses to the initiation and completion of a transport order and the
subsequent filling of the finished product. The individual operations which have to be performed for
flavour production at diverse times in the reactor are recorded by means of mobile devices.

Via the software masks on the device screen, the operator can enter the goods movements in the ERP
system SAP.

The operators highly accepted the mobile devices right from the start as experience values with such
units were already available and the MC 9060ex offers superior ergonomics.

MC 9002ex-S
Customer: KLM, Netherlands
KLM a big aircraft company at Schiphol Airport in Amsterdam Netherlands is mainly using the mo-
bile computers MC 9002ex -S for zone 2.

KLM apply the MC 9002ex -S for aircraft refuelling, although several other tasks like de-ice-ing and
catering service are managed as well.

KLM had planed to work with wireless mobile computing and the best option in this case was to use
GPRS as a wireless communication between the mobile computer and the host computer.

At the Schiphol Airport KLM need the explosion protection of zone 2.

So BARTEC find a successful solution to use this mobile computers in the airport area.

154

Referenzen_Anlagen_e.pmd 154 15.11.2006, 13:14


Reference

ABB, Germany Eckart Werke, Germany Paktank Terminal, Netherlands


Alstom, Germany Eisenmann Lacktechnik, Germany Pfizer, Germany
Astra Zeneca, Sweden Electrabel, Belgium Pfizer, Ireland
AT Agrartechnik, Germany Elli Lilly, Brazil PMS, Italy
Audi, Germany PPG Industries, UK
Aventis Pharma, Germany PREEM, Sweden
FIMA Heinkel, Germany
Ford, Germany PROLA AG, Switzerland
Baker Hughes, UK Proto Chemicals, Switzerland
Frenzelit Werke, Germany
Balance Point Control, Netherlands Protochemicals AG, Switzerland
Fricke Abfülltechnik, Germany
BASF Caronno, Italy PSG, Germany
BASF Coatings AG, Germany
BAYER AG, Germany GE BAYER Silicones, Germany
Roche Diagnostics, France
BJ Services, Netherlands Glatt AG, Switzerland
RWE, Germany
Boehringer Ingelheim, Germany Glaxo, Spain
Bristol Mayer Squibb, Ireland God BM, Germany
SANOFI Aventis, France
BV-Pharmas, Italy
Scansource, Belgium
ISOCHEM, France
Schering AG, Germany
Carl Zeiss Jena, Germany Jetpharma, Italy
Schwelm Anlagenbau, Germany
Charabot, France
Segibo, Italy
Chemetall, Germany KLM, Netherlands Sifa Ltd., Ireland
Clariant, UK KMC Oil tools, USA
Swords Labotories, Ireland
COIM, Italy
Comber, Italy
Lamberti Chemie, Italy Technochemie, Germany
Comicondor, Italy
Linde AG, Germany TELFA, Sweden
D1, UK TH. Goldschmidt AG, Germany
Datalog, UK
Matcon Ltd, UK TOTAL, Singapore
Mercedes Benz AG, Germany
Degussa, Germany
Deutsche Shell, Germany Mestron GmbH, Germany Uhde Hochdrucktechnik, Germany
Dottikon ES AG, Switzerland Mico Oilfields, UK
Drägerwerk AG, Switzerland Vichimica, Italy
DRT, France National Oilwell VARCO, USA
DSM Chemie, Austria North Sea Innovation AS Oil, Sweden Wacker Chemie, Germany
Dürr Somac Chemnitz OEM, Germany NOVARTIS, Spain Weatherford, UK

155

Referenzen_Anlagen_e.pmd 155 15.11.2006, 13:14


Subject Index

Subject Type number Page

AC/DC converter DC 24 V/450 mA 07-7311-97S7/AAMO 139


Accessories for hand-held scanner BCS 302ex 17-2.BB-.... 65
Accessories for Mobile Computer MC 9060ex for Zone 1 03-..; 05-..; 17-.. 60
Accessories for Mobile Computer MC 90xxex for Zone 2 and 22 03-..; 05-..; 17-.. 61
Accessories Graphic displays 05-..; 07-..; 17-.. 36 - 37
Accessories POLARIS Panel PCs 02-..; 03-..; 05-..; 17-..; 30
Accessories POLARIS Remote 02-..; 03-..; 05-..; 17-..; 31

BMS Graf pro software 17-28TF-0071/0.00 40 - 41

Cradle relay 07-7331-977./.100 136 - 137

Ex 750i Input terminal 2 channels digital, NAMUR, EEx i A7-7375-4210 119


Ex 750i Input terminal analogue in EEx i, 0 to 20 mA A7-7375-4100 116
Ex 750i Input terminal digital in EEx i, DIN EN 60947-5-6/NAMUR; 1 channel with diagnostics A7-7375-4200 118
Ex 750i Input terminal for RTDs, 2 channel analogue EEx i A7-7375-4110 117
Ex 750i Output terminal analog out 0 to 20 mA A7-7375-5100 120
Ex 750i Output terminal digital out EEx i A7-7375-5200 121
Ex 750i Power supply terminal for intrinsically safe bus terminals A7-7375-6000 115

Fuse max. 1.25 A with double terminals 07-7311-61J2/..20 124


Fuse max. 1.25 A with single terminals 07-7311-61J2/.TA0 125
Fuse max. 2.5 A 07-7311-63J2/..00 126
Fuse max. 6.3 A 07-7311-93J2/..00 127
Fuse max. 6.3 A, quick-acting 07-7311-93J2/..T0 128

Graphic displays BAT 300/BAT 600/BAT 800 17-71P.-.... 34 - 35

Hand-held scanner BCS 302 DustEx 17-21BA-0022 63


Hand-held scanner BCS 302ex 17-21BA-0020 62

InterBus-Interface 16 NAMUR in 07-7331-2103/0000 106


InterBus-Interface 16 x digital in 07-7331-2102/0000 105
InterBus-Interface 16 x digital out 07-7331-2101/0000 104
InterBus-Interface 4 x digital out Ex i/8 x digital in Ex i 07-7331-2105/1000 109
InterBus-Interface 4 x digital out/8 x digital in Ex i (NAMUR) 07-7331-2105/0000 108
InterBus-Interface 8 analogue out 07-7331-2106/0000 110
InterBus-Interface 8 Transmitter in 07-7331-2104/0000 107
InterBus-Interface 8 x Relay out 07-7331-2108/0000 111
Isolator amplifier, 4-channel with display 07-7311-97MT/BA.. 142 - 143
Isolator relay, contact seperation accord. to DIN EN 60079-0 and DIN EN 60079-11 07-7311-937./..00 132
Isolator terminal IP 30, 2-pole 07-7311-6131/EE00 129

Keyboard options for POLARIS series 17-71VZ-40.. 24

Measuring transducer for Pt 100 07-7311-93T4/.350 146


Miniature switching relay 130
Mobile Computer MC 9060ex-G for Zone 1 17-A116-OKHO/HB.EA700 46 - 47
Mobile Computer MC 9060ex-K for Zone 1 17-A116-OKHO/HB.EA700 48 - 49
Mobile Computer MC 90xxex-G for Zone 2 and Zone 22 with radio card B7-A216-OG.0/HB...00 50 - 51
Mobile Computer MC 90xxex-G for Zone 2 and Zone 22 without radio card B7-A210-OG.0/HB...00 50 - 51
Mobile Computer MC 90xxex-K for Zone 2 and Zone 22 with radio card B7-A216-OK.B/H....00 52 - 53
Mobile Computer MC 90xxex-K for Zone 2 and Zone 22 without radio card B7-A210-OK.B/H....00 52 - 53
Mobile Computer MC 90xxex-K with GPRS for Zone 2 and Zone 22 with radio card B7-A216-2K.B/H....00 56 - 57
Mobile Computer MC 90xxex-K with GPRS for Zone 2 and Zone 22 without radio card B7-A210-2K.B/H....00 56 - 57
Mobile Computer MC 90xxex-S for Zone 2 and Zone 22 with 28 keys with radio card B7-A216-OS.B/H.A..00 54 - 55
Mobile Computer MC 90xxex-S for Zone 2 and Zone 22 with 28 keys without radio card B7-A210-OS.B/H.A..00 54 - 55
Mobile Computer MC 90xxex-S with GPRS for Zone 2 and Zone 22 with 28 keys with radio card B7-A216-2S.B/H.A..00 58 - 59
Mobile Computer MC 90xxex-S with GPRS for Zone 2 and Zone 22 with 28 keys without radio card B7-A210-2S.B/H.A..00 58 - 59
Mouse for Polaris series 17-71VZ-1000 25

Optocoupler, 2-channel 07-7311-93QH/C5M0 133


Output isolator 07-7331-4200/000. 144 - 145

POLARIS Control 17-71V0-00.. 16

156

Index_2006_e.pmd 156 16.11.2006, 07:19


Subject Index

Subject Type number Page

POLARIS Panel PC - WinCCRT Edition 17-71V1-8008 12


POLARIS Panel PC 10.4" 17-71V1-20.. 14
POLARIS Panel PC 12.1" 17-71V1-30.. 13
POLARIS Panel PC 15" 17-71V1-.0.. 10 - 11
POLARIS Panel PC 19.1" 17-71V1-.0.. 8-9
POLARIS Panel PC 5.7" 17-71V1-10.. 15
POLARIS Remote 15" 17-71V2-.0.. 20 - 21
POLARIS Remote 19.1" 17-71V2-.0.. 18 - 19
Power contactor 07-7331-61.. 135
Power pack with AC 230 V for RS232 interface for Hand-held scanner BCS 302 DustEx 17-21BB-0220 63
Power pack with AC 230 V for RS232 interface for Hand-held scanner BCS 302ex 17-21BB-0218 62
Power pack with AC 230 V for TTY interface for Hand-held scanner BCS 302 DustEx 17-21BB-0219 63
Power pack with AC 230 V for TTY interface for Hand-held scanner BCS 302ex 17-21BB-0217 62
Power relay 07-7311-9772/.310 134
Power supply unit AC/DC 110 to 250 V 07-7311-97S9/J..0 141
Power supply unit DC 24 V/2A 07-7331-1201/0000 140
PROFIBUS Coupler/PROFIBUS Repeater 07-7311-93../....; 07-7311-97../.... 96 - 97
PROFIBUS-Interface 16 NAMUR in (16 x digital in Ex i, DIN EN 60947-5-6 NAMUR) 07-7331-2303/.0000 83
PROFIBUS-Interface 16 x digital in 07-7331-2302/0000 82
PROFIBUS-Interface 16 x digital out 07-7331-2301/0000 80
PROFIBUS-Interface 16 x digital out Ex i 07-7331-2301/1.00 81
PROFIBUS-Interface 4 x digital out Ex e/8 x digital in Ex i (NAMUR) 07-7331-2305/0000 87
PROFIBUS-Interface 4 x digital out Ex i/8 x digital in Ex i (NAMUR) 07-7331-2305/1000 88
PROFIBUS-Interface 4 x RTD in Ex i 07-7331-2307/0000 90
PROFIBUS-Interface 8 Transmitter in (8 x 4 to 20 mA, Transmitter in) 07-7331-2304/3000 86
PROFIBUS-Interface 8 x 4 to 20 mA in 07-7331-2304/0000 84
PROFIBUS-Interface 8 x 4 to 20 mA in HART/4 x 4 to 20 mA in/out HART 07-7331-230H/.0.0 94 - 95
PROFIBUS-Interface 8 x 4 to 20 mA in passiv 07-7331-2304/2000 85
PROFIBUS-Interface 8 x 4 to 20 mA out 07-7331-2306/.000 89
PROFIBUS-Interface 8 x Relay out 07-7331-2308/0000 91
PROFIBUS-Interface 8 x Relay out Ex i 07-7331-2308/1000 92
PROFIBUS-Interface Counter module 07-7331-2309/0000 93
PROFIBUS-Interface Terminator 07-7311-93WP/0000 112

Radio hand-held scanner BCS 370ex 17-21BA-0021 64


Reinforcement frame for POLARIS Panel PC and Remote 05-0205-00.. 29
Relay, 1 changeover contact/2 changeover contacts 07-7311-937./.000 131
Resistive coupling element 17-9Z62-0002 113
Resistors (Precision) max. 0.8 Watt 07-7311-61TW/0.00 148
Resistors (Precision) max. 1.2 Watt 07-7311-63TW/.... 149
RS485/PROFIBUS LWL PP-coupler family 07-7311-97WP/60....; 102 - 103
A7-7311-84WP/60....;
07-7312-84WP/60....

RS485/PROFIBUS LWL Ring-coupler family 07-7311-97WP/5....; 100 - 101


A7-7311-84WP/50....;
07-7312-84WP/50....

RS485/PROFIBUS LWL T-coupler family 07-7311-97WP/40....; 98 - 99


A7-7311-84WP/40....;
07-7312-84WP/40....

Stainless-steel enclosure “Exclusive“ for Zone 1 and Zone 2 05-0041-.... 27


Stainless-steel enclosures “Special version“ for Zone 1 and Zone 2 29
Stainless-steel enclosures “Standard“ for Zone 1 and Zone 2 05-0041-02.. 28
Stainless-steel enclosures “Standard“ for Zone 21 and Zone 22 28

Touchpad for Polaris series 17-71VZ-3000 25


Trackball for Polaris series 17-71VZ-2000 25
Transformer AC 24 V/500 mA 07-7311-97S3/H3N0 138
Two-position controller 07-7311-97ER/31.0 147

USB device for Polaris series 17-71VZ-6000/0100 26

157

Index_2006_e.pmd 157 16.11.2006, 07:19


Type Index
Type number Subject Page

02-..; 03-..; 05-..; 17-..; Accessories POLARIS Panel PCs 30


02-..; 03-..; 05-..; 17-..; Accessories POLARIS Remote 31

03-..; 05-..; 17-.. Accessories for Mobile Computer MC 9060ex for Zone 1 60
03-..; 05-..; 17-.. Accessories for Mobile Computer MC 90xxex for Zone 2 and 22 61

05-..; 07-..; 17-.. Accessories Graphic displays 36 - 37


05-0041-.... Stainless-steel enclosure “Exclusive“ for Zone 1 and Zone 2 27
05-0041-02.. Stainless-steel enclosures “Standard“ for Zone 1 and Zone 2 28
05-0205-00.. Reinforcement frame for POLARIS Panel PC and Remote 29

07-7311-6131/EE00 Isolator terminal IP 30, 2-pole 129


07-7311-61J2/..20 Fuse max. 1.25 A with double terminals 124
07-7311-61J2/.TA0 Fuse max. 1.25 A with single terminals 125
07-7311-61TW/0.00 Resistors (Precision) max. 0.8 Watt 148
07-7311-63J2/..00 Fuse max. 2.5 A 126
07-7311-63TW/.... Resistors (Precision) max. 1.2 Watt 149
07-7311-6371/.000 Miniature switching relay 130
07-7311-93../....; 07-7311-97../.... PROFIBUS Coupler/PROFIBUS Repeater 96 - 97
07-7311-937./..00 Isolator relay, contact seperation accord. to DIN EN 60079-0 and DIN EN 60079-11 132
07-7311-937./.000 Relay, 1 changeover contact/2 changeover contacts 131
07-7311-93J2/..00 Fuse max. 6.3 A 127
07-7311-93J2/..T0 Fuse max. 6.3 A, quick-acting 128
07-7311-93QH/C5M0 Optocoupler, 2-channel 133
07-7311-93T4/.350 Measuring transducer for Pt 100 146
07-7311-93WP/0000 PROFIBUS-Interface Terminator 112
07-7311-9772/.310 Power relay 134
07-7311-97ER/31.0 Two-position controller 147
07-7311-97MT/BA.. Isolator amplifier, 4-channel with display 142 - 143
07-7311-97S3/H3N0 Transformer AC 24 V/500 mA 138
07-7311-97S7/AAMO AC/DC converter DC 24 V/450 mA 139
07-7311-97S9/J..0 Power supply unit AC/DC 110 to 250 V 141
07-7311-97WP/40....; A7-7311-84WP/40....; RS485/PROFIBUS LWL T-coupler family 98 - 99
07-7312-84WP/40....
07-7311-97WP/5....; A7-7311-84WP/50....; RS485/PROFIBUS LWL Ring-coupler family 100 - 101
07-7312-84WP/50....
07-7311-97WP/60....; A7-7311-84WP/60....; RS485/PROFIBUS LWL PP-coupler family 102 - 103
07-7312-84WP/60....
07-7331-1201/0000 Power supply unit DC 24 V/2A 140
07-7331-2101/0000 InterBus-Interface 16 x digital out 104
07-7331-2102/0000 InterBus-Interface 16 x digital in 105
07-7331-2103/0000 InterBus-Interface 16 NAMUR in 106
07-7331-2104/0000 InterBus-Interface 8 Transmitter in 107
07-7331-2105/0000 InterBus-Interface 4 x digital out/8 x digital in Ex i (NAMUR) 108
07-7331-2105/1000 InterBus-Interface 4 x digital out Ex i/8 x digital in Ex i 109
07-7331-2106/0000 InterBus-Interface 8 analogue out 110
07-7331-2108/0000 InterBus-Interface 8 x Relay out 111
07-7331-2301/0000 PROFIBUS-Interface 16 x digital out 80
07-7331-2301/1.00 PROFIBUS-Interface 16 x digital out Ex i 81
07-7331-2302/0000 PROFIBUS-Interface 16 x digital in 82
07-7331-2303/.0000 PROFIBUS-Interface 16 NAMUR in (16 x digital in Ex i, DIN EN 60947-5-6 NAMUR) 83
07-7331-2304/0000 PROFIBUS-Interface 8 x 4 to 20 mA in 84
07-7331-2304/2000 PROFIBUS-Interface 8 x 4 to 20 mA in passiv 85
07-7331-2304/3000 PROFIBUS-Interface 8 Transmitter in (8 x 4 to 20 mA, Transmitter in) 86
07-7331-2305/0000 PROFIBUS-Interface 4 x digital out Ex e/8 x digital in Ex i (NAMUR) 87
07-7331-2305/1000 PROFIBUS-Interface 4 x digital out Ex i/8 x digital in Ex i (NAMUR) 88

158

Index_2006_e.pmd 158 16.11.2006, 07:19


Type Index
Type number Subject Page

07-7331-2306/.000 PROFIBUS-Interface 8 x 4 to 20 mA out 89


07-7331-2307/0000 PROFIBUS-Interface 4 x RTD in Ex i 90
07-7331-2308/0000 PROFIBUS-Interface 8 x Relay out 91
07-7331-2308/1000 PROFIBUS-Interface 8 x Relay out Ex i 92
07-7331-2309/0000 PROFIBUS-Interface Counter module 93
07-7331-230H/.0.0 PROFIBUS-Interface 8 x 4 to 20 mA in HART/4 x 4 to 20 mA in/out HART 94 - 95
07-7331-4200/000. Output isolator 144 - 145
07-7331-61.. Power contactor 135
07-7331-977./.100 Cradle relay 136 - 137

17-2.BB-.... Accessories for hand-held scanner BCS 302ex 65


17-21BA-0020 Hand-held scanner BCS 302ex 62
17-21BA-0021 Radio hand-held scanner BCS 370ex 64
17-21BA-0022 Hand-held scanner BCS 302 DustEx 63
17-21BB-0217 Power pack with AC 230 V for TTY interface for Hand-held scanner BCS 302ex 62
17-21BB-0218 Power pack with AC 230 V for RS232 interface for Hand-held scanner BCS 302ex 62
17-21BB-0219 Power pack with AC 230 V for TTY interface for Hand-held scanner BCS 302 DustEx 63
17-21BB-0220 Power pack with AC 230 V for RS232 interface for Hand-held scanner BCS 302 DustEx 63
17-28TF-0071/0.00 BMS Graf pro software 40 - 41
17-71P.-.... Graphic displays BAT 300/BAT 600/BAT 800 34 - 35
17-71V0-00.. POLARIS Control 16
17-71V1-.0.. POLARIS Panel PC 15" 10 - 11
17-71V1-.0.. POLARIS Panel PC 19.1" 8-9
17-71V1-10.. POLARIS Panel PC 5.7" 15
17-71V1-20.. POLARIS Panel PC 10.4" 14
17-71V1-30.. POLARIS Panel PC 12.1" 13
17-71V1-8008 POLARIS Panel PC - WinCCRT Edition 12
17-71V2-.0.. POLARIS Remote 15" 20 - 21
17-71V2-.0.. POLARIS Remote 19.1" 18 - 19
17-71VZ-1000 Mouse for Polaris series 25
17-71VZ-2000 Trackball for Polaris series 25
17-71VZ-3000 Touchpad for Polaris series 25
17-71VZ-40.. Keyboard options for POLARIS series 24
17-71VZ-6000/0100 USB device for Polaris series 26
17-9Z62-0002 Resistive coupling element 113
17-A116-OKHO/HB.EA700 Mobile Computer MC 9060ex-G for Zone 1 46 - 47
17-A116-OKHO/HB.EA700 Mobile Computer MC 9060ex-K for Zone 1 48 - 49

A7-7375-4100 Ex 750i Input terminal analogue in EEx i, 0 to 20 mA 116


A7-7375-4110 Ex 750i Input terminal for RTDs, 2 channel analogue EEx i 117
A7-7375-4200 Ex 750i Input terminal digital in EEx i, DIN EN 60947-5-6/NAMUR; 1 channel with diagnostics 118
A7-7375-4210 Ex 750i Input terminal 2 channels digital, NAMUR, EEx i 119
A7-7375-5100 Ex 750i Output terminal analog out 0 to 20 mA 12
A7-7375-5200 Ex 750i Output terminal digital out EEx i 121
A7-7375-6000 Ex 750i Power supply terminal for intrinsically safe bus terminals 115
ex
B7-A210-2K.B/H....00 Mobile Computer MC 90xx -K with GPRS for Zone 2 and Zone 22 without radio card 56 - 57
B7-A210-2S.B/H.A..00 Mobile Computer MC 90xxex-S with GPRS for Zone 2 and Zone 22 with 28 keys without radio card 58 - 59
B7-A210-OG.0/HB...00 Mobile Computer MC 90xxex-G for Zone 2 and Zone 22 without radio card 50 - 51
B7-A210-OK.B/H....00 Mobile Computer MC 90xxex-K for Zone 2 and Zone 22 without radio card 52 - 53
B7-A210-OS.B/H.A..00 Mobile Computer MC 90xxex-S for Zone 2 and Zone 22 with 28 keys without radio card 54 - 55
B7-A216-2K.B/H....00 Mobile Computer MC 90xxex-K with GPRS for Zone 2 and Zone 22 with radio card 56 - 57
B7-A216-2S.B/H.A..00 Mobile Computer MC 90xxex-S with GPRS for Zone 2 and Zone 22 with 28 keys with radio card 58 - 59
B7-A216-OG.0/HB...00 Mobile Computer MC 90xxex-G for Zone 2 and Zone 22 with radio card 50 - 51
B7-A216-OK.B/H....00 Mobile Computer MC 90xxex-K for Zone 2 and Zone 22 with radio card 52 - 53
B7-A216-OS.B/H.A..00 Mobile Computer MC 90xxex-S for Zone 2 and Zone 22 with 28 keys with radio card 54 - 55

159

Index_2006_e.pmd 159 16.11.2006, 07:19


Close to customers
The world is our market. We are always on site with our own successful sales units and powerful
representatives. BARTEC - the partner in your vicinity!

Germany

Bad Mergentheim
Cologne
Frankfurt/Main
Gotteszell
Hamburg
Leipzig
Menden

Europe Asia/Pacific/Middle East Australia/New Zealand

Austria Vienna China Shanghai, Shanxi, Beijing Representatives:


Belgium Tessenderlo Dubai Dubai Australia/Melbourne, Sydney
New Zealand/Auckland
Czech Republic Prague Indonesia Jakarta
France Fegersheim Korea Seoul
Great Britain Rochdale Malaysia Kuala Lumpur
America
Hungary Budapest Singapore Singapore USA Houston
Italy Milan Thailand Bangkok Representatives:
Netherlands Ridderkerk Representatives: Argentina/Bahia Blanca
Norway Oslo Brunei/Darussalam Brazil/São Paulo
China/Peking, Guangzhou Canada/Calgary, Toronto
Poland Tychy
Hong Kong/Kowloon Chile/Santiago
Slovenia Zagorje ob Savi India/Mumbai, New Delhi Mexico/Mexico City
Sweden Karlskrona Iran/Isfahan, Tehran Venezuela/Caracas
Israel/Haifa, Petach
Switzerland Cham, Sainte Croix
Japan/Tokyo
Spain Barcelona Africa
Kazakhstan/Almaty
Representatives: Korea/Gyeonggi-Do, Seoul South Africa Newville
Baltic States/Panevezys, Tallin, Vilnius Kuwait/Safat
Representative:
Bulgaria/Sofia, Varna Macau
Nigeria/Lagos
Finland/Helsinki, Jorvas, Tampere, Vantaa, Malaysia/Kuala Lumpur
Greece/Athens, Kalambaka, Kifisia, Myanmar
Thessaloniki Pakistan/Karachi
Ireland/Cork Philippines/Pasig City
Poland/Warschau Qatar/Doha
Portugal/Cacém/Lisboa Saudi Arabia/Al-Khobar, Damman
Romania/Bukarest Sultanate Oman/Muscat
Russia/Moscow/St. Petersberg Taiwan/Kaohsiung, Taipei
Slovakia/Bratislava United Arab Emirates/Dubai, Abu Dhabi
Turkey/Istanbul Vietnam/Ho-Chi-Min City
Ukraine/Kiev

www.bartec-group.com - Here you will find the contact person in your vicinity.
160

Index_2006_e.pmd 160 16.11.2006, 07:19

S-ar putea să vă placă și